Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Steel / TMX Group

TMX Group

x · TSX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker x
Exchange TSX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Steel
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · TMX Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
TMX GROUP INC.   
2010 ANNUAL REPORT

Opportunity

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   1

30/03/11   2:17 PM

Opportunity

TMX Group operates cash and derivative markets for multiple asset 

classes including equities, fixed income and energy. TMX Group 

companies provide listing venues, trading markets, clearing facilities, 

information services products and other services to the global 

financial community. 

The depth, breadth and strength of our diversified company  

generates significant opportunity. Our unwavering focus is on  

seizing opportunity to produce solid financial and operational  

performance. On providing opportunity for our many customers  

by offering world-leading exchanges. And on creating opportunity  

for future growth and success across our diversified business.

TMX GROUP — A MULTI-AssET CLAss EXChANGE GROUP

EQUITIES
 „ Toronto Stock Exchange
 „ TSX Venture Exchange
 „ Equicom
 „ TMX Select*

DERIVATIVES
 „ Montréal Exchange
 „ CDCC
 „ BOX (53.8%)

FIXED INCOME
 „ Shorcan
 „ CanDeal (47%)

ENERGY
 „ NGX
 „ Shorcan Energy

INFORMATION SERVICES
 „ TMX Datalinx
 „ PC-Bond
 „ DEX Indices

* Subject to regulatory approval.

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   2

30/03/11   2:17 PM

Seizing Opportunity

In 2010, TMX Group successfully seized the opportunities presented before  

us to generate strong financial and operational results.

sUMMARY Of fINANCIAL PERfORMANCE 
(in millions of dollars, except per share amounts)

Revenue 
Operating Expense 
Net Income 
Earnings per share: Basic 
Earnings per share: Diluted 

Cashflows From Operating Activities 

$ 575.5
$ 286.5
$ 196.5
$ 2.64 
$ 2.64 
$ 280.2 

REvENUE DIvERsITY
TMX Group generates revenue from a diverse range of business 
activities. This diversification strengthens the company and expands  
our opportunities for growth. 

 $575.5 m

2010 revenue 
reported

28% Issuer Services

27% Information Services

20% Equity & Fixed Income 
          Cash Markets Trading 
          & Related

14% Derivatives Markets Trading 
         & Clearing

8% Energy Trading & Clearing

3% Technology Services & Other

2010 KEY ACCOMPLIshMENTs

In 2010, TMX Group successfully advanced its  
strategy by executing on a number of initiatives  
across the businesses:

 „  TSX Quantum Gateway client implementation 

completed

 „ Enterprise Expansion phase 1 implemented

 „ S&P/TSX Clean Technology Index launched

 „  TSX celebrates the 20th Anniversary of the  

world’s first ETF

 „  Shorcan Energy, an inter-participant brokerage 

facility for energy products, was launched

 „  TMX Information Processor products launched 
with data from all Canadian marketplaces 

 „  NGX opened 10 new trading and clearing 

locations 

 „  TMX co-location facility opened for equity  

and derivatives trading clients

 „  TSX and TSXV announced new on book non-

displayed order types

 „  Memoranda of understanding signed with  

Tel Aviv Stock Exchange and Oslo Bors

 „  TMX Select, TMX Group’s alternative trading 

system, announced

 „  Montreal Exchange launched the S&P/TSX  

60 VIX Index

 „ TMX SOLA technology implemented at IDEM

 „  TSX and TSXV introduced the new Automated 

Jitney Smart Order Router

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   1

30/03/11   2:17 PM

EQUITIES

DERIVATIVES

FIXED INCOME

 „ Toronto Stock Exchange

 „ Montréal Exchange

 „ Shorcan

ENERGY

 „ NGX

INFORMATION SERVICES

 „ TMX Datalinx

 „ TSX Venture Exchange

 „ CDCC

 „ CanDeal (47%)

 „ Shorcan Energy

 „ PC-Bond

 „ BOX (53.8%)

 „ DEX Indices

 „ Equicom

 „ TMX Select*

Providing Opportunity

TMX Group exchanges provide the domestic and international trading 
communities with the opportunity to participate in the Canadian capital 
markets in equities, derivatives, fixed income and energy.

EqUITY CAPITAL TO GROw AND sUCCEED
There were 3,383 financings by Toronto Stock Exchange and 
TSX Venture Exchange issuers during 2010, which represents  
an increase of 13% compared to 2009.

NEw INvEsTMENT OPPORTUNITY
Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange welcomed  
419 new Canadian issuers and 65 new international issuers through 
going public transactions (including New Listings, IPOs, CPC IPOs, 
QTs, RTOs and Direct Listings). 

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

10

8

6

4

2

0

TSX in 2010

119 IPOs

60 IPOs in 2009

TSXV in 2010

142 IPOs

72 IPOs in 2009

‘09

‘10

‘09

‘10

‘09 ‘10

‘09 ‘10

TSX
In Billions of Dollars

TSXV
In Billions of Dollars

IPO Financings Raised

Total Financings Raised

COMPARIsON Of MAjOR INDEX PERfORMANCE — 2010

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

-30

186 Mining

98 CPC

52 ETFs

46 Oil & Gas

30 Structured Products

22 Diversified Industries

12 Technology

9 Real Estate

9 Financial Services 

9 Clean Technology 

5 Life Sciences 

3 Forest Products 

2 Manufacturing 

1 Comm. & Media

S&P/TSX Venture Composite Index — Index Value 50.45%

S&P/TSX Composite Index — Index Value 14.45%

FTSE AIM All-Share — Index Value

Russell Microcap Index — Index Value

NASDAQ Composite Index (^COMP) — Index Value

Shenzhen Stock Exchange Composite Index — Index Value

S&P 500 Index (^SPX) — Index Value

Dow Jones Industrial Average (^DJI) — Index Value

Hang Seng Index — Index Value

FTSE 100 Index — Index Value

S&P/ASX 200 Index —Index Value

Jan 

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Shanghai Stock Exchange Composite Index — Index Value

(Source: Capital IQ)

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   2

30/03/11   2:17 PM

MONThLY PERCENTAGE Of vOLUME TRADED 
bY CANADIAN MARKETPLACEs 
Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange are the central 
equity marketplaces in Canada. Combined equity market share 
remained stable throughout 2010. We continue to look for ways to serve 
our customers better by: investing in leading technology platforms; 
maintaining competitive pricing; launching innovative new trading 
products to meet new and evolving market needs. 

sETTING NEw TRADING hIGhs

 „  In 2010, TSX Venture Exchange set new records in daily 
volume, daily transactions, monthly volume, monthly 
transactions and annual volume. 

 „  Toronto Stock Exchange set an all time transaction record 
with 1,609,707 trades on May 6, 2010, which broke the 
previous record of 1,490,612 trades set on September, 18, 2008.

 „  Combined transactions on our cash equities markets was  
a record 198.34 million in 2010, exceeding the record of  
196.66 million set in 2009. 

 „  Combined volume traded on our cash equities markets  

of 172.44 billion shares exceeded the record of 165.35 billion 
shares set in 2009 by 4%.

}

Other
Canadian
Marketplaces

TSX/TSXV

 „  Montreal Exchange set a new annual trading volume record  

of 43,456,143 contracts.

 „  A new equity option trading record of 183,136 contracts was 

set on Montreal Exchange on December 17.

 „  In 2010, MX set an annual volume record with 44.30 million 
contracts traded. MX volumes increased 27% from 34.75 
million contracts traded in 2009 and total open interest was 
up 30% at the end of 2010 versus the end of 2009.

 „  In 2010, NGX set a new record for total energy volume 

with 16.72 million terajoules traded or cleared, surpassing 
the previous record of 14.84 million terajoules set in 2009, 
representing an overall increase of 13%.

2010
104,555,199,337

2009 
118,525,934,101

$1,390,747,798,461

$1,398,386,393,311

189,117,628
2010 
     67,887,794,824
    $34,358,151,228
9,226,926
2010 
44,296,907
3,591,754
2010
16,720,050

191,321,204
2009 
     46,825,340,177
    $16,092,576,249
          5,336,030
2009
34,753,081
2,769,794
2009
14,842,035

% Change
-11.8

-0.5

-1.2
% Change 
+44.9
+113.5
+72.9
% Change
+27.5
+29.7
% Change
+12.7

In percent

100

80

60

40

20

0

Jan

Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

TRADING bY TMX MARKET

Toronto Stock Exchange
Volume

Value

Transactions
TSX Venture Exchange
Volume
Value
Transactions
Montreal Exchange
Volume (Contracts)
Open Interest (Contracts)
NGX
Total Energy Volume* (Terajoules)

*NGX Total Energy Volume includes trading and clearing in natural gas, crude oil and electricity.

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   3

30/03/11   2:17 PM

Creating Opportunity

TMX Group’s corporate strategy is to grow horizontally, vertically  
and geographically by offering innovative products and services across 
asset classes. Key business strategies and objectives for creating future 
opportunity include:

IssUER sERvICEs

EqUITY TRADING

fIXED INCOME TRADING

 „  Enhance our premium brand, improve 
customer relationships and continue  
to build loyalty

 „  Continue our leadership tradition with 
innovative operations, processes and 
exchange technology.

 „  Pursue initiatives to increase liquidity 
for both cash and futures markets and 
develop linkages between assets.

 „   Expand product and service offering.

 „  Expand our customer base and our 

 „  Expand product base and  

superior product and service offerings, 
while maintaining competitive pricing.

diversify revenue.

DERIvATIvEs TRADING & CLEARING

ENERGY TRADING & CLEARING

INfORMATION sERvICEs

 „  Promote the strengths of our growing 
Canadian derivatives market: price 
transparency, liquidity and central counter 
party clearing.

 „  Leverage our OTC clearing service  
offering to capitalize on new 
opportunities arising as a result  
of industry reform.

 „  Maximize the benefits from  

international alliances.

 „  Enhance our clearing system with 

technological upgrades.

 „  Enhance our core product offering and 
add global content across asset classes.

 „  Grow our core businesses by increasing 
trading and clearing at Canadian and  
U.S. locations.

 „  Expand product into new markets by  

 „  Pursue opportunities within our  

multi-market environment to provide  
low latency consolidated datafeeds,  
co-location and data delivery solutions.

adding additional points  
of distribution.

 „  Expand international and web  

sales efforts.

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   4

30/03/11   2:17 PM

Contents

  6  

  7  

  9 

 12 

70 

71 

72 

73 

 74 

 75 

 76 

 77  

102 

 103  

 104  

 105 

Letter from the Chair

Letter from the CEO

Statement of Corporate Governance Practices

2010 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Management Statement

Independent Auditors’ Report

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Three-Year Review – Financial Information

Board of Directors

TMX Group Executive Committee

Shareholder Information

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   5

30/03/11   2:22 PM

Letter from the Chair

It is my pleasure to once again report to you on behalf of TMX Group’s Board of Directors as we look back on an important 
year in our history. 

Canadian and international investors showed renewed faith in Canadian markets and listed issuers. Once again, TMX Group 
delivered positive operating results. 

Most importantly as we look ahead, TMX Group continues to work towards our vision to be the leading provider of capital 
markets infrastructure services in Canada and select capital market services to global market participants.

The Board works with the executive management committee to build on our proud history and realize this vision for TMX 
Group’s future. 

On February 9, 2011, we took a major step forward in our evolution with the announcement of our proposed merger with 
London Stock Exchange Group plc (LSEG). We believe this merger will create a more diversified and international company 
and will benefit the multiple and varied stakeholders in both organizations as well as the business communities in Canada, 
the UK, Italy and beyond. 

A full and complete proposal will be submitted to our shareholders for due consideration and a special meeting will be called to 
discuss the proposal and seek your approval.  In parallel, we will work with our provincial regulatory authorities and the Canadian 
Government through a complex but necessary approval process.  We will keep you informed of our progress as we work through this 
process, and we will ensure that your voice is heard as we take this important step forward on the global scene.  

I look forward to working with my fellow directors and the combined team to create one of the world’s leading exchange groups.

I would like to thank my fellow TMX Group Directors for their contributions in 2010.  And in closing, I would like to thank TMX 
Group management and employees for their dedicated work in 2010 and determined efforts in moving the company to the 
next level.

Wayne Fox 
Chair, Board of Directors 
TMX Group Inc. 
March 25, 2011

6  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   6

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Letter from the CEO

I  am  extremely  proud  of  TMX  Group’s  2010  accomplishments  and  enthusiastic  about  our  future  prospects.  I’ll  discuss  these 
accomplishments and also touch on the proposed merger of TMX Group and London Stock Exchange Group in this letter.

2010 in Review

As world markets began to recover from a profoundly difficult 2009, we benefited from the continued execution of our growth strategy 
throughout the downturn as well as the depth and strength of the Canadian economy. 

That economic strength and sustained investor faith in Canadian capital markets led to a surge of record-setting activity across much of 
our business in 2010. We set new record combined trading volumes for Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. TSX Venture 
Exchange further established a well-earned reputation as the leading small cap market in the world, with a 45% increase in trading 
volumes over 2009, eclipsing the previous record set in 2007 by 29%.

Although we continue to face domestic and international competition in equities trading, we stabilized our market share throughout 
2010  by  offering  three  clear  propositions  to  best  serve  our  customers:  market-leading  technology,  pro-active  pricing  policies  and 
effective customer service. 

In  2010,  we  announced  two  new  competitive  initiatives  to  serve  customers  looking  for  specialized  trading  solutions  without 
compromising the integrity of our existing markets. 

Designed for trading customers who are seeking price improvement and seeking to trade with minimal market impact, we have 
introduced two new on-book, non-displayed order types on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. These "dark" orders are 
fully integrated into the existing order book on each exchange, meaning these new non-displayed orders will interact and trade with 
visible as well as other non-displayed orders. 

We also submitted regulatory filings to create an alternative trading system (ATS) called TMX Select™, a visible marketplace for trading 
equity securities. TMX Select will operate on TMX Group's high-performance TSX Quantum® trading platform, with functionality and 
pricing models separate and distinct from Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. We are planning to launch TMX Select in 
the second quarter of 2011, subject to regulatory approvals.

It was also a successful year for our listings business at home and abroad, as Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange 
welcomed  419  new  Canadian  issuers  including  a  record  65  new  international  issuers  to  market.  We  feel  that  our  global  business 
development efforts in previous years, even amidst challenging markets, have been quite successful, as we are now home to over 300 
international issuers. Our expertise in nurturing issuers through the early stages of their development and on through the graduation 
process to our senior market is unique and attractive to companies in Canada and across the world. 

Montreal Exchange (MX) also set an annual volume record in 2010 with 44.3 million contracts traded, an increase of 27% from 2009. The 
spike in volumes reflected increased trading in the signature BAX and CGB contracts, but was also fueled by important growth in equity 
derivatives trading and an expanded set of participants. CDCC, our derivatives clearinghouse, is currently working with the dealer and 
user community to develop the infrastructure for central-counterparty services for the Canadian fixed income market. The launch of the 
first initiative, the clearing of OTC fixed income repurchase agreements, is scheduled for the second half of 2011. In addition, CDCC has 
proposed a domestic clearing solution for other OTC derivatives that will be linked to other global derivatives clearinghouses. 

Our energy business continued its strong year over year growth, with a full year of crude oil trading, adding to our established capabilities 
in natural gas and electricity. In 2010, NGX set a new record for energy volume with 16.7 million terajoules of total energy volume traded 
or cleared. We continued to build on the success of our NGX U.S. business in 2010 as we added both new clients and additional delivery 
hubs and locations. In January 2011, NGX and IntercontinentalExchange, Inc. (ICE) announced the expansion of their existing clearing 

Letter from the CEO  7

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   7

29/03/11   3:54 PM

and technology alliance to include Canadian and U.S. physical and Canadian financial crude oil products. NGX’s physical crude products 
began trading in March on the ICE electronic trading platform. We also added to our energy portfolio in the first quarter of 2010 with the 
launch of Shorcan Energy, an inter-participant brokerage facility for matching buyers and sellers of energy products, including crude oil. 

Our information services business, formerly called market data, continued to expand the efficiency and reach of its product and service 
offerings in 2010. Early in the year, we completed the construction of our new co-location facility, and on June 30, 2010, clients began 
installing their trading applications in the TMX data centre. Our co-location facility provides our trading and data clients with a single 
point of direct high-speed access to the Toronto Stock Exchange, TSX Venture Exchange and MX trading engines and market data feeds. 
In November 2010, we introduced TMXnet GTA (Greater Toronto Area), a new ultra-low latency network which provides international 
and domestic firms with technology infrastructure located in the Toronto area. The network reduces latency both in and out of the 
Toronto market, reduces cost and improves availability for market participants. The number of subscriptions to both our equities and 
derivatives real-time data was up 4% at the end of year compared with the end of 2009. We also added important new indices in both 
equities and fixed income throughout 2010. 

The new co-location facility is just one example of how we remain committed to delivering leading edge technology to our markets. 
Technology underpins each facet of our evolving, diversified business and we will continue to make the necessary investments to 
fortify our position as an industry leader. In 2010, we also completed the first phase of our expansion of the trading and data enterprise, 
designed to improve our overall market leading infrastructure to better serve our existing customers and to attract additional customers 
and order flow to our marketplace. The second phase is currently underway. 

Many factors contributed to a strong 2010 for TMX Group. In our relatively short life as a public company, we have diversified and 
adapted to compete in a rapidly evolving exchange industry. We have made significant acquisitions here at home including TSX Venture 
Exchange in 2001, NGX in 2004 and MX in 2008 and entered significant partnerships like the NGX alliance in the U.S. with ICE and more 
recently our technology arrangement with LSEG.

Proposed merger with TMX Group and London Stock Exchange Group

We have, as I outlined in my letter, a strong business with a very promising future. However, as we reviewed the landscape, we identified 
an opportunity to accelerate our growth, bring important benefits to Canada’s capital markets and transform our organization into a 
truly international player.  

On February 9, 2011 we announced the proposed merger of LSE Group and TMX Group.  As a combined company, we will create an 
international competitor with a significantly improved set of growth opportunities.  We believe the terms of the transaction and the 
strong existing relationship between our two highly complementary organizations lay the foundation for a very bright future together.  

This combination has been structured to provide tangible benefits to all our stakeholders: our listed issuers will have more efficient 
access to international pools of capital; our market participants will have access to upgraded technology infrastructure, a wider variety 
of investment alternatives, and a wider range of market information services;  our employees will be provided with improved career 
opportunities, both in their current country and abroad; and our shareholders, who stand to benefit from our improved competitiveness 
and global growth opportunities.  

Importantly, we have entered into this merger while providing concrete protections that ensure the future of our regulated exchanges.  
This is not a merger of the exchanges we operate with the exchanges operated by LSE Group. Our proposal pools their ownership, 
delivering important opportunities while maintaining the integrity and operation of our Canadian exchanges. Our exchanges will 
remain under Canadian governance and management and Canadian regulators across all jurisdictions will continue to provide sole 
regulatory oversight over TMX Group operated exchanges and Canadian listed issuers. In addition, the undertakings to government 
include leadership at the merged holding company level, joint headquarters and balanced governance.  

Certainly, we are sensitive to the impact of our announcement in Canada and across the world. We remain excited by the promise of 
this new organization and the potential it holds. We continue to work with our multiple stakeholders and regulatory bodies in the 
various jurisdictions to ensure that their voices are heard and that our vision is clearly communicated.  I look forward to updating you 
on our progress. 

Thomas A. Kloet  
CEO 
TMX Group Inc.
March 25, 2011

8  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   8

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Statement of Corporate Governance Practices

Overview

Our  Board  of  Directors  (Board)  and  management  are  committed  to  remaining  at  the  forefront  of  good  governance  and  to  ensuring  the  highest 
standard  of  corporate  governance.  TMX  Group’s  corporate  governance  policies  and  practices  are  designed  to  support  the  Board  in  discharging 
its responsibilities and to enhance shareholder value. We regularly review these policies and practices with a view to enhancing our governance 
structure and practices in an ever-evolving corporate governance environment. 

TMX  Group’s  corporate  governance  system  complies  with  National  Policy  58-201—Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  (NP  58-201),  National 
Instrument 58-101—Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices (NI 58-101) and National Instrument 52-110—Audit Committees (NI 52-110). 
In  addition,  we continue  to  review  our  corporate  governance  practices  with  reference  to  corporate  governance  guidelines  recommended  by 
institutional and other shareholder organizations.

Board Responsibilities

The  Board  is  responsible  for  TMX  Group’s  governance  and  stewardship  and  overseeing  its  corporate  strategy,  operations  and  management. 
The  Board  discharges  its  responsibilities,  either  directly  or,  where  appropriate,  through  committees,  and  by  selecting  and  holding  management 
accountable for TMX Group’s operations and for implementing its corporate strategy. The Board sets clear policies and direction for management’s 
responsibilities and authority. Among its many specific duties, the Board annually monitors the performance of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) 
against corporate objectives (established by the Board with the CEO), and sets the CEO’s compensation. The Board also approves strategic plans and 
corporate objectives that the CEO is responsible for meeting, provides advice and counsel to the CEO, oversees ethical and legal conduct of executive 
management, and assesses the financial performance of TMX Group. In addition, the Board approves the adequacy and form of compensation paid 
to members of the Board (Directors). The Board Charter that describes the Board’s responsibilities is available on our website.

At  each  regularly  scheduled  Board  meeting,  Directors  and  executive  management  examine,  review  and  discuss  a  broad  range  of  issues  relevant 
to TMX Group’s strategy, business interests and growth initiatives. In addition, management provides the Board with timely, periodic reports on 
operational and financial performance. During fiscal 2010, the Board held nine regular meetings and eight special meetings. Attendance by Directors 
at these meetings was 95%, either in person, by teleconference or by video conference. The Board plans to hold nine regular meetings in 2011. At 
each of these meetings, the Board will meet without management and non-independent Directors to ensure it provides independent assessment 
and oversight. Each of the Finance and Audit Committee, Governance Committee and the Human Resources Committee can, in its discretion, retain 
an outside advisor or expert. An individual Director or any other committee of the Board can retain an outside advisor or expert with the approval of 
the Governance Committee.

Board Independence and Composition 

As at February 28, 2011, the Board has a non-executive Chair and knowledgeable and experienced Directors, 13 out of 14 (93%) of whom, including 
the Chair, are “independent” within the meaning of section 1.4 of NI 52 110 and our recognition order issued by the Ontario Securities Commission 
(Recognition Order). The Recognition Order requires at least 50% of Directors to be “independent”, within the meaning of section 1.4 of NI 52-110. 
Furthermore,  pursuant  to  the  Recognition  Order  the  Board  adopted  more  restrictive  standards  than  those  imposed  by  NI  52-110  to  determine 
whether individual members of the Board are independent from TMX Group. Those standards are available on our website. 

The Board also derives strength from the background, qualities, skills and experience of its Directors. The Governance Committee, on an annual 
basis,  recommends  candidates  to  the  Board  who  are  suitable  for  nomination  to  the  Board.  In  identifying  suitable  candidates,  the  Governance 
Committee will consider independence, professional or board expertise, capital markets experience, public venture market experience, derivatives 
market experience, energy market experience, clearing experience, technology expertise and regulated company experience. As well, representation 
from geographic regions relevant to TMX Group’s strategic priorities and Quebec residency requirements are taken into consideration. Qualities 
such as integrity, good character and high regard in his or her community or professional field will always be basic criteria for Board members. 

Director Education, Access to Management, and Board/Committee Meetings

We  provide  new  Directors  with  a  Directors’  Manual,  which  serves  as  a  corporate  reference,  as  well  as  with  orientation  materials  describing  our 
business, strategy, objectives and initiatives, so new Directors understand the nature and operations of our business and the role of the Board and 
its committees, as well as the contribution individual Directors are expected to make. To assist in the integration and orientation of new Directors, 
the Governance Committee assigns a member of the Board as a mentor to each new Director. Furthermore, Directors are invited to spend time at our 
offices and also have timely, periodic one-on-one meetings with the CEO and members of executive management. 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   9

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Statement of Corporate Governance Practices  9

The Chair sets the agenda for Board meetings and Directors receive a comprehensive package of information prior to each Board and committee 
meeting.  As  well,  each  committee  delivers  a  report  to  the  full  Board  on  its  work  after  each  committee  meeting.  TMX  Group  also  provides  the 
Directors with a variety of other materials and presentations on an ad hoc basis, to keep them informed about internal developments as well as 
developments in, or which affect, our industry. All of these materials and other corporate materials are also accessible by Directors on a permanent, 
secure extranet. 

Board and Director Evaluation

The Governance Committee annually evaluates the overall performance and effectiveness of the Board, its committees and all Directors. This 
evaluation  is  conducted  by  written  self-assessment  and  peer  questionnaires  and  through  formal  interviews  of  each  Director  (other  than  the 
Chair) by the Chair of the Board and of the Chair by the chair of the Governance Committee. The Chair of the Board reports summary findings to 
the Governance Committee and to the full Board. 

Code of Conduct

The Board’s Code of Conduct (Board Code) for Directors sets standards for ethical behaviour of the Board, including for managing conflicts of 
interest. The Board monitors compliance with the Board Code and is responsible for considering and granting waivers from compliance with the 
Board Code, if any. No waivers have been granted nor have there been any violations of the Board Code. A copy of the Board Code is available on 
our website.

Committees

The  Board  has  four  standing  committees  with  specific  areas  of  responsibility  to  effectively  govern  TMX  Group:  Finance  and  Audit  Committee, 
Governance  Committee,  Human  Resources  Committee  and  Public  Venture  Market  Committee.  All  of  the  members  of  the  Finance  and  Audit 
Committee, Governance Committee, Human Resources Committee and Public Venture Market Committee are independent. All of the committees 
also  consist  solely  of  non-management  Directors.  The  Board  believes  that  the  composition  of  its  committees  ensures  that  they  operate 
independently  from  management  to  protect  all  shareholders’  interests.  The  Board  also  believes  that  the  members  of  the  Finance  and  Audit 
Committee are financially literate, given their education and experience. Each standing Board committee has a formal written Charter, approved by 
the Board. These Charters are reviewed at least annually and are available on our website.

Majority Voting

In 2007, the Board adopted a policy that provides that in an uncontested election of directors, any nominee of TMX Group who does not receive the 
support of a majority of the votes cast at an annual meeting of the shareholders will tender his or her resignation to the Board, to be effective when 
accepted by the Board. The Governance Committee will consider the resignation and recommend to the Board the action to be taken. The Board will 
have 90 days following the annual meeting to make its decision and announce it by way of press release. 

Risk Management 

TMX  Group  recognizes  that  risk  management  is  integral  to  its  business,  operations  and  financial  performance,  and  we  follow  an  integrated 
risk  management  program  to  identify,  assess  and  prioritize  principal  business  risks,  and  consider  the  likelihood  and  potential  impact  of  each 
risk. We  develop strategies to manage and  mitigate  each  identified risk. One of these mitigating strategies includes a plan to mitigate the risk 
of interruptions to our critical business functions. The plan integrates disaster recovery and business continuity for critical functions to protect 
personnel and resources and to enable us to continue critical business functions if a disaster occurs. The Board provides oversight with respect to 
our risk management program and our strategies to mitigate such risks. Also, we have an internal audit function, which reports to the Finance and 
Audit Committee, and which independently assesses the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls.

Say on Pay

At  its  annual  meeting,  TMX  Group  provides  shareholders  the  opportunity  to  vote  on  executive  compensation,  on  a  non-binding  advisory  basis. 
The adoption of advisory votes on executive compensation is an evolving governance practice in Canada and such a vote was first offered by TMX 
Group in 2010. TMX Group is committed to demonstrating leadership in evolving governance issues including in the area of executive compensation. 

10  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   10

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Investor Communication

TMX  Group  and  the  Board  are  committed  to  open  and  proactive  investor  communication.  Our  investor  relations  staff  provides  information  to 
current and potential investors and responds to their inquiries. We broadcast quarterly earnings conference calls live and archive these calls on our 
website. We also make recordings available via telephone to interested investors, the media and members of the public for three months after each 
call. Audio webcasts of such recordings are also available on our website for six months after each call. We promptly make available presentations 
from investor conferences on our website. We also make disclosure documents available via our website.

Shareholders who would like to communicate with the Board should contact us using email at shareholder@tmx.com. Your communication will be 
provided to the Board for its consideration and response, if required.

Additional Information

For a full report on our corporate governance practices, please refer to our Management Information Circular, which may be accessed through www.
sedar.com or through our website at www.tmx.com. The Circular also describes our corporate governance practices, and provides information about 
Directors,  and  the  composition,  responsibilities  and  activities  of  the  Board’s  standing  committees.  All  information  about  corporate  governance 
practices in our Annual Report and in the Management Information Circular was adopted and approved by our Board.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   11

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Statement of Corporate Governance Practices 

11

2010 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information

This  Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  (MD&A)  of  TMX  Group  Inc.  (TMX  Group)  contains  “forward-looking  information”  (as  defined  in 
applicable Canadian securities legislation) that is based on expectations, assumptions, estimates, projections and other factors that management 
believes  to  be  relevant  as  of  the  date  of  this  MD&A.  Often,  but  not  always,  such  forward-looking  information  can  be  identified  by  the  use  of 
forward-looking words such as “plans”, “expects”, “is expected”, “budget”, “scheduled”, “targeted”, “estimates”, “forecasts”, “intends”, “anticipates”, 
“believes”, or variations or the negatives of such words and phrases or statements that certain actions, events or results “may”, “could”, “would”, 
“might” or “will” be taken, occur or be achieved or not be taken, occur or be achieved. Forward-looking information, by its nature, requires us to 
make assumptions and is subject to significant risks and uncertainties which may give rise to the possibility that our expectations or conclusions 
will not prove to be accurate and that our assumptions may not be correct.

Examples  of  such  forward-looking  information  in  this  MD&A  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  factors  relating  to  stock,  derivatives  and  energy 
exchanges  and  clearing  houses  and  the  business,  strategic  goals  and  priorities,  market  condition,  pricing,  proposed  technology  and  other 
initiatives, financial condition, operations and prospects of TMX Group, which are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks include: 
competition from other exchanges or marketplaces, including alternative trading systems and new technologies, on a national and international 
basis; dependence on the economy of Canada; adverse effects on our results caused by global economic uncertainties; failure to retain and attract 
qualified personnel; geopolitical and other factors which could cause business interruption; dependence on information technology; vulnerability 
of our networks and third party service providers to security risks; failure to implement our strategies; regulatory constraints; risks of litigation; 
dependence  on  adequate  numbers  of  customers;  failure  to  develop  or  gain  acceptance  of  new  products;  currency  risk;  adverse  effect  of  new 
business  activities;  not  being  able  to  meet  cash  requirements  because  of  our  holding  company  structure  and  restrictions  on  paying  dividends; 
dependence and restrictions imposed by licenses and other arrangements; dependence of trading operations on a small number of clients; new 
technologies  making  it  easier  to  disseminate  our  information;  risks  associated  with  our  clearing  operations;  challenges  related  to  international 
expansion;  restrictions  on  ownership  of  TMX  Group  shares;  inability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property;  dependence  on  third  party  suppliers; 
adverse effect of a systemic market event on our derivatives business; risks associated with the credit of customers; cost structures being largely 
fixed; risks associated with integrating the operations, systems, and personnel of new acquisitions; and dependence on market activity that cannot 
be controlled.

The forward looking information contained in this MD&A is presented for the purpose of assisting readers of this document in understanding our 
financial condition and results of operations and our strategies, priorities and objectives and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Actual 
results, events, performances, achievements and developments are likely to differ, and may differ materially, from those expressed or implied by the 
forward-looking information contained in this MD&A.

Such forward-looking information is based on a number of assumptions which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions 
in connection with the ability of TMX Group to successfully compete against global and regional marketplaces; business and economic conditions 
generally;  exchange  rates  (including  estimates  of  the  U.S.  dollar  –  Canadian  dollar  exchange  rate),  the  level  of  trading  and  activity  on  markets, 
and particularly the level of trading in TMX Group’s key products; the continued availability of financing on appropriate terms for future projects; 
productivity  at  TMX  Group,  as  well  as  that  of  TMX  Group’s  competitors;  market  competition;  research  &  development  activities;  the  successful 
introduction  of  new  products;  tax  benefits/changes;  the  impact  on  TMX  Group  and  its  customers  of  various  regulations;  TMX  Group’s  ongoing 
relations with its employees; and the extent of any labour, equipment or other disruptions at any of its operations of any significance other than 
any planned maintenance or similar shutdowns.

While  we  anticipate  that  subsequent  events  and  developments  may  cause  our  views  to  change,  we  have  no  intention  to  update  this  forward-
looking information, except as required by applicable securities law. This forward-looking information should not be relied upon as representing 
our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this MD&A. We have attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual actions, 
events  or  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  current  expectations  described  in  forward-looking  information.  However,  there  may  be  other 
factors that cause actions, events or results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended and that could cause actual actions, events or results 
to  differ  materially  from  current  expectations.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  forward-looking  information  will  prove  to  be  accurate,  as  actual 
results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance 
on forward-looking information. These factors are not intended to represent a complete list of the factors that could affect us. A description of the 
above-mentioned items is contained in this Annual MD&A under the heading Risks and Uncertainties.

12  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   12

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

February 9, 2011

This  MD&A  of  TMX  Group’s  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  provided  to  enable  a  reader  to  assess  our  financial  condition, 
material  changes  in  our  financial  condition  and  our  results  of  operations,  including  our  liquidity  and  capital  resources,  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2010,  compared  with  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009.  This  MD&A  is  dated  February  9,  2011  and  should  be  read  carefully 
together  with  our  2010  audited  annual  financial  statements,  including  notes,  which  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  (GAAP).  Each  of  these  documents  is  filed  with  Canadian  securities  regulators  and  can  be  accessed  through 
www.sedar.com or our website at www.tmx.com. The financial measures included in this MD&A are based on financial statements prepared in 
accordance with Canadian GAAP, unless otherwise specified. All amounts are in Canadian dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Our MD&A is organized into the following key sections: 

•	 Overview of the Business – a discussion of our business segments and key revenue drivers;

•	 Vision, Corporate Strategy, Initiatives and Accomplishments – our vision, strategic initiatives for future growth and recent accomplishments;

•	 Market Conditions;

•	 Our Business;

•	 Results of Operations – a year over year comparison of our results, both on a consolidated and segmented basis;

•	 Selected Annual and Quarterly Information; 

•	 Liquidity and Capital Resources – a discussion of changes in our cash flow, our outstanding debt and the resources available to finance 

existing and future commitments;

•	 Accounting and Control Matters – a discussion of our critical accounting estimates and changes to our current accounting policies and 
future accounting changes, including the 2011 conversion to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and an evaluation of our 
disclosure controls and procedures, internal control over financial reporting and changes to internal control over financial reporting; and

•	 Risks and Uncertainties – a discussion of the risks to our business as identified through our risk management process.

On May 1, 2009, we completed the acquisition of NetThruPut Inc. (NTP), a leading Canadian electronic trading platform and clearing facility for 
crude oil products. We have included its results in our consolidated financial statements from that date. 

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified in order to conform with the financial presentation adopted in the current year. In particular, 
commencing  in  2010,  provisions  for  doubtful  accounts  receivable  are  included  in  General  and  Administration  expense  whereas,  in  2009,  these 
provisions were reflected as a reduction in various sources of revenue. The comparative figures for both revenue and expenses in 2009 and 2008 
have been reclassified to conform with the financial presentation adopted in 2010. The impact of the reclassification is not material.

Additional  information  about  TMX  Group,  including  our  most  recent  Annual  Information  Form  is  available  through  www.sedar.com  and  on  our 
website, www.tmx.com. We are not incorporating information contained on the website in this MD&A. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Certain measures used in this MD&A do not have standardized meanings prescribed by Canadian GAAP and therefore are unlikely to be comparable 
to similar measures presented by other Canadian issuers. 

“Issuer services fees billed”, “Initial listing fees billed”, “additional listing fees billed”, “issuer services revenue based on initial 
and additional listing fees billed” and “total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed”

Toronto Stock Exchange customers are billed for initial and additional listing fees, and there is a lag between the time when securities are issued 
or reserved and the time when these listing fees are paid by Toronto Stock Exchange listed issuers. For TSX Venture Exchange issuers, fees are paid 
either prior to, or at the time of, listing or reserving securities. In order to reflect these activities, we use the terms “issuer services fees billed”, 
“initial  listing  fees  billed”,  “additional  listing  fees  billed”,  “issuer  services  revenue  based  on  initial  and  additional  listing  fees  billed”  and  “total 
revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed”.

Management uses these measures to assess the effectiveness of our strategy to serve our listed issuers and to manage the listings portion of 
our business. This is how our international peers, who currently report using IFRS, account for these fees. We will be adopting IFRS effective 
January 1, 2011 (see Future Changes in Accounting Policies – Transition to IFRS). These non-GAAP revenue measures provide investors with an 
indication of how initial and additional listing activity and the fees billed or received in connection with the listing or reserving of securities 
impact the financial performance and cash flows of our business.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   13

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

13

Reconciliations

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Initial listing fees billed
Initial listing fees billed and deferred to future periods
Recognition of initial listing fees billed and previously included in deferred revenue
Initial listing fees reported

Additional listing fees billed
Additional listing fees billed and deferred to future periods
Recognition of additional listing fees billed and previously included in deferred revenue
Additional listing fees reported

Initial and additional listing fees billed
Initial and additional listing fees billed and deferred to future periods
Recognition of initial and additional listing fees billed and previously included in deferred revenue
Initial and additional listing fees reported

Initial and additional listing fees billed
Sustaining listing fees
Other issuer services
Issuer services revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed
Initial and additional listing fees billed and deferred to future periods
Recognition of initial and additional listing fees billed and previously included in deferred revenue
Issuer services revenue based on initial and additional listing fees reported 

Issuer services revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed
Trading, Clearing and Related Revenue
Information services Revenue
Technology services and Other Revenue
Total revenue based on initial and additional listing fee revenue billed
Excess of initial and additional listing fees billed over initial and additional listing revenue reported
Total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees reported

“Adjusted net income” and “Adjusted earnings per share”

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
   $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2010
28.7
(27.4)
17.4
18.7

106.1
(100.7)
60.6
66.0

134.8
(128.1)
78.0
84.7

134.8
65.0
13.3
 213.1
(128.1)
78.0
 163.0

 213.1
 242.2
 154.4
 15.9
625.6
(50.1)
575.5

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2009
12.8
(12.3)
16.4
16.9

 92.0
(87.5)
53.1
57.6

 104.8
(99.8)
69.5
74.5

 104.8
55.1
13.4
 173.3
(99.8)
69.5
 143.0

 173.3
 237.5
 149.0
 30.6
590.4
(30.3)
560.1

We present “adjusted net income” and “adjusted earnings per share” as an indication of operating performance exclusive of: 

(i) 

for 2010, the non-cash write-down of our 19.9% investment in EDX to its estimated fair value; 

(ii) 

for 2009, the non-cash goodwill impairment charge in 2009 related to our investment in BOX; 

(iii) 

(iv) 

 for  2009,  income  tax  charge  related  to  lower  Ontario  corporate  income  tax  rates,  which  reduced  the  value  of  future  tax  assets  and 
liabilities; and

 for 2008, the payment made on April 1, 2008 to ISE Ventures, LLC (ISE Ventures), a wholly-owned subsidiary of International Securities 
Exchange Holdings, Inc. (ISE), related to terminating DEX, our proposed derivatives joint venture.

These measures allow management and investors to assess operating performance excluding non-cash items such as the non-cash write-down 
of our investment in EDX in 2010, the non-cash impairment charge related to BOX in 2009, as well as the net impact from reductions in the value 
of  future  tax  assets  and  liabilities  in  2009.  In  addition,  it  allows  them  to  assess  operating  performance  excluding  the  impact  of  non-recurring 
payments such as that made to ISE Ventures in 2008. 

14  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   14

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Overview of the Business 

We own and operate cash, derivatives and energy markets and clearing houses in Canada and the U.S. We list, trade and clear securities as well as 
physical commodities. In addition, we provide real-time market data to customers around the world. 

Toronto Stock Exchange is Canada’s senior equities market, providing domestic and international investors 
with access to the Canadian marketplace. At December 31, 2010, 1,516 issuers with an aggregate market 
capitalization  of  $2.2  trillion  were  listed  on  Toronto  Stock  Exchange.  Volume  traded  on  Toronto  Stock 
Exchange was 104.56 billion securities in 2010 on 189.12 million transactions. 

TSX  Venture  Exchange  is  Canada’s  junior  listings  market,  providing  companies  at  the  early  stages  of 
growth  the  opportunity  to  raise  capital.  At  December  31,  2010,  2,376  issuers  with  an  aggregate  market 
capitalization of $72.1 billion were listed on TSX Venture Exchange. Volume traded on TSX Venture Exchange 
was 67.89 billion securities in 2010 on 9.23 million transactions.

The  Equicom  Group  Inc.  (Equicom),  our  investor  relations  subsidiary,  is  a  leading  provider  of  investor 
relations and corporate communications services.

Shorcan Brokers Inc. (Shorcan) is Canada’s first inter-dealer broker (IDB), providing facilities for matching 
orders for federal, provincial, corporate and mortgage bonds and treasury bills for anonymous buyers and 
sellers in the secondary market.

Candeal.ca Inc. (CanDeal) is a dealer to client electronic fixed income platform of which we own 47%. 

Montréal  Exchange  Inc.  (MX)  is  Canada’s  standardized  financial  derivatives  exchange.  Headquartered  in 
Montréal,  MX  offers  trading  in  interest  rate,  index  and  equity  derivatives.  In  2010,  a  record  44.3  million 
contracts were traded on MX.

Canadian Derivatives Clearing Corporation (CDCC) offers clearing and settlement services for all transactions 
carried out on MX and is the guarantor for options and futures contracts traded on the market. It is the only 
clearinghouse in North America to offer clearing services on equity options, futures, and options on futures 
products. CDCC has a long-term rating of AA and a short-term rating of A1 from Standard and Poor’s.

MX has a 53.8% ownership interest in BOX, a U.S. automated equity options market for which MX is also 
the technical operator and technology developer. In 2010, 91.8 million contracts were traded on BOX.

Natural Gas Exchange Inc. (NGX) is a Canadian-based exchange through which customers can trade, clear 
and  settle  natural  gas,  crude  oil  and  electricity  contracts  across  North  America.  In  2010,  NGX  set  a  new 
record for energy volume with 16.72 million terajoules of total energy volume# traded or cleared. 

Shorcan Energy Brokers Inc. (Shorcan Energy), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Shorcan, is a facility launched 
in 2010 for matching buyers and sellers of energy products, including crude oil.

TMX Datalinx sells real time data and other market information to a global customer base. Toronto Stock 
Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange data was distributed through an average of 154,039+ professional and 
equivalent real-time subscriptions in 2010. The average number of subscriptions to MX derivatives data in 
2010 was 23,191+.

PC-Bond offers the leading Canadian fixed income indices and PC-Bond analytics applications.

(47% Ownership)

(53.8% Ownership)

#  NGX Total Energy Volume includes trading and clearing in natural gas, crude oil and electricity.

+  

Includes a base number of subscriptions for customers that have entered into enterprise agreements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

15

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   15

29/03/11   3:54 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 Revenue 
($M)

Cash

Derivatives

Energy

TSX

TSXV

Equicom

Issuer Services
Trading & Clearing
Information Services  

  $  163
  $  242

(formerly Market Data)

  $  154

Technology Services  
 & Other (formerly 
Business Services)

Total

  $  16
  $  575

√
√

√

√

√

√
√

√

Shorcan 
Fixed 
Income

√

PC Bond

MX

BOX

CDCC

NGX

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

Shorcan 
Energy

√

Vision, Corporate Strategy, Initiatives and Accomplishments1 

Our	 Vision:  To  be  the  leading  provider  of  capital  markets  infrastructure  services  in  Canada  and  select  capital  market  services  to  global  market 
participants.

Corporate	Strategy: To grow horizontally, vertically and geographically by offering innovative products and services across asset classes.

1. 

Enhance	core	multi-asset	class	trading:	

 Maintain  superior  technology,  identify  new  means  and  sources  of  order  flow,  and  develop  and  sell  new  and  innovative  products 
and services.

Adjust pricing for commoditized offerings and develop customer relationships through packaged pricing and superior customer service. 

2. 

Diversify	revenue	base,	either	organically	or	through	corporate	development:

Horizontal: Expand in new asset and product types (especially in derivatives and commodities). 

 Vertical:  Expand  into  expanded  issuer  services,  clearing  services,  risk  management  services,  trade  execution  services,  and  software 
solutions. 

3. 

 Leverage	our	competitive	advantages	abroad	to	become	the	leading	global	exchange	group	for	small	to	medium	sized	enterprises	(SMEs)	and	
resource	companies:

Attract issuers and trading participants to Canada. 

Sell data, technology and services. 

TMX Group Business Strategies, Initiatives and Accomplishments2

Business Strategies

Issuer Services

•	 Enhance our premium brand, improve customer relationships and continue to build loyalty.

•	 Expand product and service offering.

Equity Trading

•	 Continue our leadership tradition with innovative operations, processes and exchange technology.

•	 Expand our customer base and our superior product and service offerings, while maintaining competitive pricing.

Fixed Income Trading 

•	 Pursue initiatives to increase liquidity for both cash and futures markets and develop linkages between assets.

•	 Expand product base and diversify revenue.

1 

2 

 The “Vision, Corporate Strategy, Initiatives and Accomplishments” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking 
Information” for a discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

  The “TMX Group’s Business Strategies, Initiatives and Accomplishments” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking 
Information, Risks and Uncertainties” for a discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

16  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   16

29/03/11   3:54 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives Trading and Clearing

•	 Promote the strengths of our growing Canadian derivatives market: price transparency, liquidity and central counter party clearing. 

•	 Leverage our OTC clearing service offering to capitalize on new opportunities arising as a result of industry reform.

•	 Maximize the benefits from international alliances.

Energy Trading and Clearing 

•	 Enhance our clearing system with technological upgrades.

•	 Grow our core businesses by increasing trading and clearing at Canadian and U.S. locations.

•	 Expand/enter into new markets by adding additional points of distribution.

Information services

•	 Enhance our core product offering and add global content across asset classes. 

•	 Pursue  opportunities  within  our  multi-market  environment  to  provide  low  latency  consolidated  datafeeds,  co-location  and  data  

delivery solutions.

•	 Expand international and web sales efforts. 

Initiatives and Accomplishments

In 2010 and to date in 2011, we successfully advanced our strategy by executing on a number of initiatives across our business:

Issuer Services

In  2010,  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  and  TSX  Venture  Exchange  added  419  new  Canadian  issuers  through  going  public  transactions  (including 
New Listings, IPOs, CPC IPOs, QTs, RTOs and Direct Listings). We also continued to realize the benefits of our international expansion efforts, 
adding a record 65 issuers through going public transactions on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange, compared with 38 of these 
transactions in 2009.

Equity Trading 

In 2010, we set a new record for combined volume traded on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. Our two equity markets traded 
172.44  billion  securities  in  2010,  a  4%  increase  over  the  previous  record  of  165.35  billion,  set  in  2009.  This  was  due  largely  to  the  continued 
strength in trading on TSX Venture Exchange, which traded volume of 67.89 billion, up 45% over 2009 and 29% higher than the previous record of 
52.63 billion set in 2007. Toronto Stock Exchange volume was down 12% compared to 2009. 

In keeping with our commitment to deliver state of the art levels of technology to our markets, we are continuing to invest in, and are implementing 
a multi-phased initiative to expand the infrastructure across our trading and data enterprise. In order to increase throughput capability, we are 
expanding  our  internal  networks,  storage  and  application  servers.  The  first  expansion  phase  was  completed  in  1H/10.  The  second  phase  is  well 
underway. The expansion of the trading and data enterprise is designed to improve our overall market leading infrastructure to better serve our 
existing customers and to attract additional customers and order flow to our marketplace.

In 2010, we announced the introduction of two new on-book non-displayed order types on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. 
Designed for trading customers who are seeking price improvement and seeking to trade with minimal market impact, these “dark” orders will be 
fully integrated into the existing order book on each exchange, meaning these new non-displayed orders will interact and trade with visible as well 
as other non-displayed orders.

We also announced that we had submitted regulatory filings to create an alternative trading system (ATS). TMX Select™, a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of TMX Group, will offer a visible marketplace for trading equity securities. TMX Select will operate on TMX Group’s high-performance TSX Quantum® 
trading platform, with functionality and pricing models separate and distinct from Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. 

Fixed Income Trading

In 2010, Shorcan expanded its product and client base while growing its market share to about 38% from about 32% in 2009.

Derivatives Trading and Clearing

In 2010, MX set an annual volume record with 44.30 million contracts traded, which exceeded the previous record of 42.74 million contracts traded 
set in 2007. Volumes increased 27% from 2009 and total open interest was up 30% over 2009. MX also set a new equity options daily high on 
January 21, 2011 with 205,910 contracts traded, surpassing the previous record of 183,136 contracts set on December 17, 2010.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

17

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   17

29/03/11   3:54 PM

CDCC is currently working with the dealer and user community to develop the infrastructure for central-counterparty services for the Canadian 
fixed income market. In addition, CDCC has proposed a domestic clearing solution for other OTC derivatives that is linked to other global derivatives 
clearinghouses.

Energy Trading and Clearing

NGX achieved a record in trading volume in 2010, with 16.72 million terajoules traded and/or cleared, 13% higher than the previous record of 
14.84 million terajoules traded and/or cleared set in 2009.

During 2010, NGX launched clearing services at ten new hubs in the U.S. bringing the number of U.S. clearing locations to 30 at December 31, 2010. 
NGX also clears crude oil at ten locations and clears physical gas at 17 locations in Canada in addition to offering two financial gas products and 
two financial power products. In 2010, we also launched Shorcan Energy, a wholly owned subsidiary of Shorcan, that provides an inter-participant 
brokerage facility for matching buyers and sellers of energy products, including crude oil.

In January 2011, NGX and IntercontinentalExchange Inc. (ICE) announced an agreement to add Canadian and U.S. physical and Canadian financial 
crude oil products to their existing clearing and technology alliance. Under the terms of the agreement, NGX’s Canadian physical crude products 
will be offered for trading through ICE’s electronic trading platform. NGX will provide clearing services for the new physical crude contracts that will 
be traded on ICE. ICE and NGX expect to launch the combined offering in Q1/11. 

Information services

In 2010, we completed the construction of our new co-location facility, and on June 30, 2010, clients began installing their trading applications in 
the TMX data centre. Our co-location facility provides our trading and data clients with a single point of direct high-speed access to the Toronto 
Stock Exchange, TSX Venture Exchange and MX trading engines and market data feeds. 

Merger with London Stock Exchange plc3 

We announced on February 9, 2011 an agreement to combine our operations with London Stock Exchange Group plc (“LSEG”) in an all-share 
merger  of  equals.  The  merger  is  being  unanimously  recommended  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  both  TMX  Group  and  the  Board  of  Directors 
of  LSEG.  The  merger  will  be  implemented  by  means  of  a  Canadian  plan  of  arrangement  under  which  TMX  Group  shareholders  will  receive 
2.9963 LSEG shares for each TMX Group share they hold. TMX Group shareholders that are residents of Canada for tax purposes will be entitled 
to elect to receive exchangeable shares (each an “Exchangeable”) in a Canadian subsidiary of LSEG for each TMX Group share that they hold. 
TMX Group shareholders electing to receive Exchangeables will receive the same number of Exchangeables as the number of new ordinary LSEG 
shares to which they would otherwise have been entitled to receive under the terms of the merger. On an ongoing basis, each Exchangeable will 
carry the right to be exchanged for one LSEG share and will carry mirror-image economic rights to an LSEG share (together with certain ancillary 
rights). In addition, each Exchangeable will permit the holder to vote one LSEG share at any shareholder meeting of LSEG. The Exchangeables 
allow Canadian resident TMX Group shareholders to participate in the transaction on a tax-deferred basis, provided they file a valid tax election. 
The    Exchangeables  will  also  allow  Canadian  resident  TMX  Group  shareholders  to  receive  dividends  from  a  Canadian  corporation,  which  are 
generally  subject  to  more  favourable  tax  treatment  than  dividends  from  a  non-Canadian  corporation.  TMX  Group  shareholders  will  therefore 
own 45% and LSEG shareholders will own 55% of the new TMX Group-LSEG combined group (“Merged Group”). The shares of the Merged Group 
will be listed on Toronto Stock Exchange, trading in Canadian Dollars and London Stock Exchange, trading in Sterling. The Exchangeables will 
also be listed on Toronto Stock Exchange, trading in Canadian Dollars.

The  Merged  Group  will  be  jointly  headquartered  in  Toronto  and  London.  In  addition,  the  merger  agreement  recognizes  the  existing  centres  of 
excellence within the Merged Group and reinforces these strengths by assigning global responsibility across its geographic footprint.

The boards of TMX Group and LSEG believe that the merger is strategically compelling and will create a more diversified business with greater scale, 
scope, reach and efficiencies, generating substantial benefits for all stakeholders:

•	 Global listings hub – The Merged Group will be the leading listings franchise globally with a flexible and deep pool of international capital 
and investment expertise as well as international markets in seven countries for businesses of all sizes, from venture-funded companies, 
through SMEs to large global corporations. The combined entity will rank #1 globally in terms of the following:

 § number of listings – over 6,700 companies with an aggregate market capitalization of $5.8 trillion

 § number of natural resources, mining, energy and clean technology companies

 § number of international listings from emerging and growth markets 

 § number of listings for SMEs with over 3,600 combined AIM and TSX Venture Exchange listings providing deep expertise in supporting 

small-cap and early stage companies

3 

 The “Merger With London Stock Exchange plc” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information, Risks and Uncertainties” 
for a discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

18  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   18

29/03/11   3:54 PM

•	 Breadth  of  markets  –  The  Merged  Group  will  offer  20  trading  markets  across  North  America  and  Europe,  providing  trading  in  equities, 
derivatives, fixed income and energy. In addition, the trading operations will be supported by strong regional post-trade operations and 
information services.

•	

Information  services  leader  –  The  Merged  Group  will  have  an  extensive  set  of  global  information,  market  data  and  index  businesses, 
offering customers an increased suite of products. 

•	 Technology  expertise  –  The  Merged  Group  will  have  a  shared  technology  strategy  focusing  on  market-leading,  high-speed  and  cost-
effective  cash  and  derivatives  trading  technologies  applied  across  the  merged  companies.  In  addition,  the  Merged  Group  will  offer 
efficiently marketed and delivered technologies to the global financial services and exchange industries. 

The  Merged  Group  is  expected  to  create  substantial  value  for  all  stakeholders  and  shareholders,  with  a  robust  capital  structure  from  which  to 
capture future growth opportunities. The benefits of the transaction are as follows:

•	 Revenue benefits – The Merged Group is targeting $56.0 million in year three growing to $160.0 million annual run-rate revenue benefits 
in year five following completion of the transaction. Revenue benefits are targeted to arise across the Merged Group’s diversified lines 
of business and activities, including primary markets (including listings and other issuer services) and derivatives, post-trade, data and 
information and technology. 

•	 Cost synergies – The Merged Group is targeting annual run-rate cost synergies and other transaction-related cost savings, comprising IT 
and non-IT related savings, of $56.0 million by end of year two following completion of the merger. Associated one-time implementation 
costs, which are expected to be incurred over two years, are estimated at approximately $64.0 million + stamp duty, primarily driven by 
transitioning to common technology platforms.

•	 Value creation – The transaction is expected to be accretive to adjusted earnings per share-post-cost synergies∇ for both TMX Group and 

LSEG shareholders in the first full year following completion. 

Completion of the merger is subject to regulatory, shareholder and other approvals as well as certain other conditions. The following provides an 
overview of certain approvals and conditions that must be met: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Approval by at least 66 2/3% of the votes cast by shareholders of TMX Group at a special meeting of TMX Group shareholders;

Approval by a majority of votes cast by LSEG shareholders at a general meeting of LSEG shareholders;

Ontario court approval of the Plan of Arrangement;

 Certain  regulatory  approvals,  including  under  the  Investment  Canada  Act,  Competition  Act  (Canada),  as  well  as  from  the  Ontario 
Securities  Commission,  Autorité  des  marchés  financiers  (Québec),  Alberta  Securities  Commission,  British  Columbia  Securities 
Commission, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Financial Services Authority (UK), Bank of Italy and Commissione Nazionale per 
le Società e la Borsa; and

e) 

 Listing of the LSEG shares and the Exchangeables on Toronto Stock Exchange and listing of the LSEG shares issuable pursuant to the Plan 
of Arrangement on London Stock Exchange.

The merger agreement, which provides for a long-stop date of November 9, 2011 (with up to a 30-day extension in certain circumstances), contains 
customary provisions for a transaction of this nature, including customary representations and warranties, covenants, undertakings and conditions. 
In the merger agreement, each of TMX Group and LSEG have agreed not to solicit other offers. The merger agreement provides that the Boards of 
Directors of each of TMX Group and LSEG may, under certain circumstances, terminate the agreement in favour of an unsolicited superior proposal, 
subject to a payment of a termination fee of 1% of the market capitalization of the LSEG at the time of entering into the agreement, and subject to 
a right by each party to match the superior proposal in question.

It is anticipated that the relevant shareholders’ meetings will take place in the second quarter of 2011 and court approval will be sought within three 
business days of TMX Group’s shareholders approving the merger. Subject to obtaining shareholder, court and regulatory approvals, the merger is 
expected to become effective in the third quarter of 2011.

∇ 

 Adjusted earnings per share-post-cost synergies is derived from IFRS basic earnings per share adjusted to exclude the impact of exceptional items (being items of income and expense that 
are material by size and/or nature and are non-recurring) and amortisation of acquired intangible assets. It is not a measure required under IFRS, does not have standardised meaning under 
IFRS and may, therefore, not be comparable to similar measures presented by other peers. We may present this measure in order to quantify the impact of combining LSEG and TMX on 
financial performance.

In determining accretion of adjusted earnings per share, one-off costs to achieve synergies and deal related costs are also excluded in addition to the above.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

19

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   19

29/03/11   3:54 PM

 
Market Conditions4

Our revenue is impacted by the levels and nature of market activity on our exchanges. This activity is influenced by customer and product mix, 
including:  volumes  /  contracts  traded  in  cash  equities  and  fixed  income  products,  as  well  as  derivatives  and  energy  products;  the  number  and 
market capitalization of listed issuers; the number and value of new and additional listings; as well as the number of subscribers to market data. 
While it is not possible to quantify the potential changes in some of these measures, future economic and market conditions will continue to affect 
these revenue drivers and impact future revenue and net income given our largely fixed cost structure.

We  operate  in  the  highly  competitive  exchange  industry.  Since  entering  the  Canadian  equities  market,  ATSs  have  fragmented  trading  volumes. 
Though  our  share  of  equity  trading  was  relatively  stable  in  2010,  we  expect  to  continue  to  face  significant  competitive  pressure  in  this  multi-
marketplace environment. We compete for listings both in North America and internationally, particularly for SMEs and resource companies.

In addition to competition from foreign derivatives exchanges that offer comparable derivatives products, MX faces domestic competition from 
OTC derivatives trading that occurs bilaterally between institutions. We may in the future also face competition from other Canadian marketplaces. 
In the United States, MX competes for market share of trading single stock options based on Canadian-based interlistings, or dual listings. However, 
options traded in the U.S. are not fungible with those traded in Canada. 

Our subsidiary Boston Options Exchange Group, LLC, or BOX, continues to face intense competition in the U.S. equity options market. 

In 2010, we have seen renewed corporate development activity in the exchange sector. In June, U.S. options exchange CBOE Holdings Inc. (CBOE) 
completed an initial public offering. In October 2010, Singapore Exchange Ltd. offered approximately US$8.3 billion for all of ASX Ltd., the operator 
of the Australian Securities Exchange. As part of our strategic planning process, we regularly assess different strategic alternatives available to us, 
which would enable us to further enhance our competitive position in Canada and the global capital markets. We remain committed to exploring 
and regularly do explore, including conducting discussions with third parties, opportunities for growth, whether organically, or in other ways such 
as acquisitions, investments, partnerships or business combinations, that both fit our strategic plan and provide shareholder value.

From a macro perspective, a continued recovery in the global and Canadian economies should have an overall positive impact on our key revenue 
drivers, as a growing economy typically leads to new public offerings and higher financing activity; the growth of capital may in turn drive more 
investing  and  trading  activity  across  all  asset  classes  and  venues.  We  saw  some  of  that  in  2010  with  an  increase  in  IPO  activity,  commodity 
speculation and a marked increase in fixed income cash and futures trading that accompanied a rising short-term interest rate environment.

Our belief is that over the long term, well-regulated neutral exchanges and clearing houses with ownership structures that are free of conflict will 
continue to play a key role in the success of capital markets. We provide transparent markets for capital formation and price discovery along with 
effectively collateralized clearing mechanisms for managing counterparty credit risk. We believe we are strategically positioned domestically and 
internationally to continue to succeed in this environment.

Our Business 

We derive revenue primarily from issuer services, trading and clearing and information services. 

2010 revenue reported of $575.5 million 

2009 revenue reported of $560.1 million*** 

Information  
Services   27%

Issuer Services  28%

Information  
Services   27%

Issuer Services  26%

Technology Services 
& Other  3%

Energy Trading  
& Clearing  8%

Derivatives Markets  
Trading & Clearing  14%

Equity and Fixed Income 
Cash Markets Trading & 
Related  20%

Technology Services 
& Other  5%

Energy Trading  
& Clearing  7%

Derivatives Markets  
Trading & Clearing  14%

Equity and Fixed Income 
Cash Markets Trading & 
Related  21%

4 

 The “Market Conditions and Outlook” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion of risks 
and uncertainties related to such statements.

***  Includes revenue from NTP from May 1, 2009.

20  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   20

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Canadian GAAP requires that we recognize initial and additional listing fees over an estimated service period related to the fees, which we have 
determined  to  be  ten  years,  even  though  we  receive  these  fees  upon  completion  of  the  transaction  and  they  are  non-refundable  to  customers. 
We believe it is helpful to also show total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed* as this measure links these listing fees more 
closely with the listing transactions and cash flows we generate from these transactions. This is how our international peers, who report using IFRS, 
currently account for these fees. We will be adopting IFRS effective January 1, 2011 (see Future Changes in Accounting Policies – Transition to IFRS). 

2010 revenue of $625.6 million 
(total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed*) 

2009 revenue of $590.4 million 
(total revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed*)

Information  
Services   25%

Issuer Services  34%

Information  
Services   25%

Issuer Services  29%

Technology Services 
& Other  3%

Energy Trading  
& Clearing  7%

Technology Services 
& Other  5%

Energy*** Trading  
& Clearing  7%

Derivatives Markets  
Trading & Clearing  13%

Equity and Fixed Income 
Cash Markets Trading & 
Related  18%

Derivatives Markets  
Trading & Clearing  14%

Equity and Fixed Income 
Cash Markets Trading & 
Related  20%

Issuer Services

Revenue Composition 

2010 issuer services reported revenue of $163.0 million 

2009 issuer services reported revenue of $143.0 million

Toronto Stock  
Exchange  68%

TSX Venture  
Exchange  25%

Equicom 7%

Toronto Stock  
Exchange  68%

TSX Venture  
Exchange  24%

Equicom 8%

2010 issuer services revenue based on initial and additional 
listing fees billed* of $213.1 million 

2009 issuer services revenue based on initial and additional 
listing fees billed* of $173.3 million

Toronto Stock  
Exchange  66%

TSX Venture  
Exchange  28%

Equicom 6%

Toronto Stock  
Exchange  69%

TSX Venture  
Exchange  24%

Equicom 7%

* 

See discussion and reconciliation under the heading Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

***  Includes revenue from NTP from May 1, 2009.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  21

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   21

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Overview and Description of Products and Services

We carry out our listings operations through Toronto Stock Exchange, our senior market, and TSX Venture Exchange, our junior market. TSX Venture 
Exchange also offers a board called NEX5 for issuers that have fallen below TSX Venture Exchange’s ongoing listing standards.

In general, issuers initially list on Toronto Stock Exchange either in connection with their initial public offerings (IPOs), or by graduating from TSX 
Venture Exchange. Junior companies generally list on TSX Venture Exchange either in connection with their IPOs or through alternative methods 
such as TSX Venture Exchange’s Capital Pool Company® (CPC) program or reverse takeovers. 

Issuers list a number of different types of securities including conventional securities such as common shares, preferred shares, rights and warrants, 
and  a  variety  of  alternative  types  of  structures  such  as  exchangeable  shares,  convertible  debt  instruments,  limited  partnership  units,  ETFs  and 
structured products. 

Listed issuers that meet initial and ongoing listing requirements of Toronto Stock Exchange or TSX Venture Exchange receive a range of benefits, 
including  opportunities  to  efficiently  access  public  capital, liquidity for  existing investors, access to mentorship programs and the prestige  and 
market  exposure  associated  with  being  listed  on  one  of  Canada’s  premier  national  stock  exchanges.  While  we  list  issuers  from  a  wide  range  of 
industries, we are a leader in listing issuers in the resource sectors, including mining and oil and gas companies. In addition, we are a leader in 
listing SMEs, as well as issuers in the Clean Technology sector. 

In  2010,  while  total  financings  raised  on  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  were  $44.1  billion,  down  27%  from  the  record  $60.0  billion  raised  in  2009, 
IPO financing on Toronto Stock Exchange was $10.7 billion, up 123% from $4.8 billion in 2009. Total financings raised on TSX Venture Exchange in 
2010 were $9.9 billion, up 94% from $5.1 billion in 2009. Between our two equity exchanges, we had 524 entities going public or graduating in 2010, 
the second highest yearly total in our history. TMX Group equity exchanges were eighth in the world by equity capital raised in 2010. 

Key Statistics

•	 At  December  31,  2010,  1,516  issuers  with  an  aggregate  market  capitalization  of  $2.2  trillion  were  listed  on  Toronto  Stock  Exchange, 
compared with 1,462 issuers at December 31, 2009 with an aggregate market capitalization of $1.8 trillion. The S&P/TSX Composite Index≠ 
level was 13,443.22 on December 31, 2010, a 14% increase from 11,746.11 on December 31, 2009.

•	 At  December  31,  2010,  2,376  issuers  with  an  aggregate  market  capitalization  of  $72.1  billion  were  listed  on  TSX  Venture  Exchange, 
compared  with  2,375  issuers  at  December  31,  2009  with  an  aggregate  market  capitalization  of  $36.3  billion.  The  S&P/TSX  Venture 
Composite Index≠ level was at 2,287.85 on December 31, 2010, a 50% increase from 1,520.72 on December 31, 2009.

Pricing

We generate issuer services revenue primarily by charging issuers the following types of fees:

Initial Listing Fees 

Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange issuers pay initial fees based on the value of the securities to be listed or reserved, subject to 
minimum and maximum fees. Initial listing fees billed fluctuate with the number of transactions and value of securities being listed or reserved 
in a given period. For accounting purposes, we currently recognize revenue from initial listing fees on a straight-line basis over a ten year period. 
Unamortized balances are recorded as part of “Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees” on the consolidated balance sheet. Effective 
January 1, 2011, we will recognize this revenue in full in the period when the listings occur (see Future Changes in Accounting Policies – Transition 
to IFRS).

Additional Listing Fees 

Issuers already listed on one of our equity exchanges pay fees in connection with subsequent capital market transactions, such as the raising of 
new capital through the sale of additional securities. Additional listing fees are based on the value of the securities to be listed or reserved, subject 
to minimum and maximum fees. Additional listing fees billed fluctuate with the number of transactions and value of securities being listed or 
reserved in a given period. For accounting purposes, we currently recognize additional listing fees on a straight-line basis over a ten year period. 
Unamortized balances are recorded as part of “Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees” on the consolidated balance sheet. Effective 
January 1, 2011, we will recognize this revenue in full in the period when the additional listings occur (see Future Changes in Accounting Policies – 
Transition to IFRS).

5 

≠ 

 Unless otherwise indicated, market statistics and financial information for TSX Venture Exchange includes information for NEX.

“S&P” is the trademark of Standard & Poor’s and “TSX” is the trademark of TSX Inc.

22  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   22

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Sustaining Listing Fees6

Issuers listed on one of our equity exchanges pay annual fees to maintain their listing, based on their market capitalization at the end of the prior 
calendar year, subject to minimum and maximum fees. Sustaining listing fees provide a recurring revenue stream that typically fluctuates with 
the number of companies listed and their market capitalization. Sustaining listing fees are billed during the first quarter of the year, recorded as 
deferred revenue and amortized over the year on a straight-line basis. Sustaining listing fees are accounted for in the same way under IFRS and 
Canadian GAAP.

Because sustaining fees are tied to the market capitalization of our issuers and typically rise in positive markets and decline in negative markets, 
Toronto  Stock  Exchange  and  TSX  Venture  Exchange  expect  an  increase  in  sustaining  fees  in  2011,  due  to  generally  higher  market  capitalization 
at  the  end  of  2010  when  compared  with  the  end  2009.  At  December  31,  2010,  there  were  a  combined  3,892  issuers  with  an  aggregate  market 
capitalization of $2.3 trillion listed on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange, compared with 3,837 issuers with an aggregate market 
capitalization of $1.8 trillion at December 31, 2009.

Prior to becoming effective, changes to Toronto Stock Exchange listing fees are filed with the Ontario Securities Commission (OSC). Any changes 
to  TSX  Venture  Exchange  listing  fees  must  receive  approval  from  the  British  Columbia  Securities  Commission  (BCSC)  and  the  Alberta  Securities 
Commission (ASC). 

2011 Pricing7

Toronto Stock Exchange 

We  implemented  a  new  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  listing  fee  schedule  effective  January  1,  2011.  The  key  amendments  include  changes  to  the 
additional listing minimum fees (maximum fees remain unchanged). Initial listing and sustaining listing fee rates remain unchanged. Listing fees at 
all major exchanges were reviewed to ensure Toronto Stock Exchange fees remain competitive with those marketplaces.

TSX Venture Exchange 

We implemented a new TSX Venture Exchange listing fee schedule effective January 1, 2011. The changes include increases to certain minimum 
and maximum sustaining fees. Other changes include increases to the base application fees and an increase in the maximum additional listing fee. 

Competition

We compete for listings both in North America and internationally, particularly for SMEs and resource companies. Domestically, we compete for 
junior listings with Canadian National Stock Exchange (CNSX). In April, 2010, the ATS created by a group of Canadian banks and investment dealers 
to trade Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange listed securities submitted an application with the OSC for recognition as an exchange 
which, if granted, would give them the ability to list securities. 

While some Canadian companies seek a listing on another major North American or international exchange, historically, the vast majority of these 
issuers  tend  to  list  on  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  or  TSX  Venture  Exchange  and  do  not  bypass  our  markets.  At  December  31,  2010  there  were  312 
issuers interlisted on other exchanges, including 95 on NYSE, 43 on NASDAQ, 39 on AIM and 33 on ASX. As at December 31 2010, only 19 Canadian 
issuers bypassed our markets and were listed solely outside of Canada.

Trading and Clearing – Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange, MX, NGX, 
Shorcan and Shorcan Energy 

2010 trading, clearing and related revenue of $242.2 million 

2009 trading, clearing and related revenue of $237.5 million

Derivatives –  
MX & BOX  34%

Derivatives –  
MX & BOX  33%

Energy****  19%

Energy***  17%

Cash Markets  47%

Cash Markets  50%

6 

7 

 The “Sustaining Listing Fees” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion of risks and 
uncertainties related to such statements.

 The “2011 Pricing-Toronto Stock Exchange” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion 
of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

***   Includes revenue from NTP from May 1, 2009.

**** Includes revenue from Shorcan Energy from February 1, 2010.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  23

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   23

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange – Cash Equities Trading

Overview and Description of Products and Services8

Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange trading occurs on a continuous basis on our fully electronic trading systems throughout the 
day.  Participating  Organizations  (POs),  acting  as  principals  or  agents  for  retail  and  institutional  investors,  place  orders  to  buy  or  sell  securities. 
Trading sessions begin with the market open in an auction format. Toronto Stock Exchange sessions end with an extended trading session in which 
trades occur at the closing price, referred to as a single price closing call market. Trading also occurs through crosses in which POs internally match 
orders and report them through the exchanges. All trades are cleared and settled through The Canadian Depository for Securities Limited (CDS), 
a recognized clearing agency in which we have an approximate 18% ownership interest. The other owners of CDS are the major Canadian chartered 
banks and the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada (IIROC). 

In September 2010, we announced the introduction of two new on-book non-displayed order types on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture 
Exchange.  Designed  for  trading  customers  who  are  seeking  price  improvement  and  seeking  to  trade  with  minimal  market  impact,  these  “dark” 
orders will be fully integrated into the existing order book on each exchange, meaning these new non-displayed orders will interact and trade with 
visible as well as other non-displayed orders. The Toronto Stock Exchange/TSX Venture Exchange non-displayed order types were released into the 
customer test environment in November 2010. We expect to introduce the new order types into the market by the end of Q1 2011. 

In October 2010, we announced that we had submitted regulatory filings to create a new ATS, TMX Select, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TMX Group. 
TMX Select will operate using our TSX Quantum trading platform, with functionality and pricing models separate and distinct from Toronto Stock 
Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. Its distinct features from our existing exchanges include: expanded trading hours; additional opportunities 
to execute trades; a simplified market structure with continuous trading of board lots only and no special terms; and strict price-time priority for 
visible orders. The launch of TMX Select is expected to occur in Q2/11, subject to regulatory approvals.

In December 2010, we introduced the Smart Order Router (SOR) Automated Jitney service to subscribers through our existing SOR trading solution 
on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. The SOR Automated Jitney service uses leading-edge routing algorithms to automatically 
execute  orders  at  the  best  price  across  all  Canadian  marketplaces,  eliminating  the  need  for  multiple  marketplace  memberships.  The  solution  is 
designed to help participants reduce costs associated with market fragmentation, while meeting regulatory best price obligations.

Technology9

In keeping with our commitment to deliver state of the art levels of technology to our markets, we are continuing to invest in, and are implementing 
a multi-phased initiative to expand, the infrastructure across our trading and data enterprise. In order to increase throughput capability, we are 
expanding  our  internal  networks,  storage  and  application  servers.  The  first  expansion  phase  was  completed  in  1H/10.  The  second  phase  is  well 
underway. The expansion of the trading and data enterprise is designed to improve our overall market leading infrastructure to better serve our 
existing customers and to attract additional customers and order flow to our marketplace.

Key Statistics

•	 Volume traded on Toronto Stock Exchange was 104.56 billion securities in 2010, a 12% decrease over 118.53 billion securities traded in 

2009. Transactions of 189.12 million in 2010 decreased by 1% compared with 191.32 million in 2009. 

•	 Volume  traded  on  TSX  Venture  Exchange  was  67.89  billion  securities  in  2010,  a  45%  increase  over  46.83  billion  securities  in  2009. 

Transactions of 9.23 million in 2010 increased by 73% compared with 5.34 million in 2009.

•	 The combined volume traded on our cash equities markets of 172.45 billion exceeded the record of 165.36 billion set in 2009 by 4%. 
The combined transactions on our cash equities markets was a record 198.34 million in 2010, exceeding the record of 196.66 million set in 2009.

Pricing

We  have  a  volume-based  fee  structure  for  issues  traded  on  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  and  TSX  Venture  Exchange.  This  model  was  structured  so 
that market participants have an incentive to enter orders in the central limit order book. When liquidity is added to the central limit order book, 
executed passive orders receive a credit on a per security basis, and when liquidity is removed from the central limit order book, each executed 
active order is charged on a per security basis. This trading revenue is recognized on the date when the trade is executed.

Effective March 1, 2010, we reduced trading fees for securities trading under $1.00 on TSX Venture Exchange and Toronto Stock Exchange. The new 
fee structure, designed to benefit both active and passive traders of all sizes, includes the elimination of the tiered pricing model that saw fees 
adjusted based on trader volumes and its replacement by a new, lower single fee schedule for securities trading under $1.00.

8 

9 

 The “Overview and Description of Products and Services” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a 
discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

 The “Technology” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion of risks and uncertainties 
related to such statements.

24  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   24

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Effective April 1, 2010, we reduced trading fees for securities trading at $1.00 and higher on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. 
These changes were designed to encourage higher volume and liquidity levels and further enhance our competitive position. The changes included 
replacing the previous three-tiered, volume based fee structure with a simpler two-tier structure and reducing the active fee paid by customers 
trading in the lower tier, and increasing the liquidity providing rebate to both the low and mid tier customer. In addition, we introduced a separate 
program to reward qualifying high-volume POs.

Prior to becoming effective, changes to Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange trading fees are filed with the OSC, BCSC and ASC.

2011 Pricing10

Effective March 1, 2011, we will create volume incentives by reducing the fees for significant usage for our Market on Open (MOO) facility, subject 
to  regulatory  approval.  This  change  introduces  a  fee  cap  for  top  MOO  volume  firms.  We  will  also  introduce  residual  credit  pay  outs,  or  rebates, 
for trading in our continuous limit order book. These fee changes are subject to regulatory approval.

Competition and Market Share

On December 1, 2001, regulatory changes permitting the creation of ATSs in Canada were introduced. There are currently a number of ATSs operating 
or who intend to operate in Canada, both dark and visible trading venues, including mechanisms to internalize order flow within a PO. The largest 
competitive impact thus far has been from an ATS created by a group of Canada’s leading banks and investment dealers with multiple interests. 

In 2010, Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange combined held an average 73% share of equities volume traded in Canada, compared 
with 86% in 2009. Our market share was stable throughout 2010.

Monthly Percentage of Volume Traded by Canadian Marketplaces° 

100%

75%

50%

25%

0%

}

Other 
Canadian 
Marketplaces

TSX/TSXV

  Jan 

Feb 

Mar 

Apr 

May 

Jun 

Jul 

Aug 

Sep 

Oct 

Nov 

Dec

2010

The competitive landscape in Canada has changed significantly as competitors pursue aggressive tactics while leveraging their liquidity relationships 
in order to procure market share from our equity exchanges. Our international and domestic business development efforts, core technology initiatives 
and the development of responsive new products are fundamental to growing overall trading volumes on our equity exchanges. 

We  also  compete  for  trading  activity  in  the  United  States  for  those  issuers  that  seek  additional  listings  on  other  exchanges,  referred  to  as 
interlistings, or dual listings. Interlistings generally raise the profile of issuers in the global market, and trading volumes for these issuers’ securities 
often  increase  across  all  markets  as  well  as  on  Toronto  Stock  Exchange.  Whether  a  significant  portion  of  trading  of  a  particular  issuer  remains 
in Canada following its interlisting depends on a number of factors, including the location of the issuer’s shareholder base and the location of 
research analysts who cover the issuer. Our cash equities sales team is focused on the goal of attracting more U.S. participants and order flow by 
raising the level of awareness regarding the benefits of trading on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange.

10 

 The “Pricing 2011” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information, Risks and Uncertainties” for a discussion of 
risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

°  

Source: The Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  25

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   25

29/03/11   3:54 PM

                 
MX and BOX – Derivatives Trading and Clearing

Overview and Description of Products and Services

Our financial derivatives trading is conducted through MX, Canada’s only standardized financial derivatives exchange. In addition, MX owns 53.8% 
of  BOX,  a  U.S.  automated  equity  options  market.  Our  derivatives  markets  derive  revenue  from  MX’s  trading,  clearing,  information  services  and 
technology services activities as well as from trading and information services on BOX. 

Technology – SOLA

MX developed a state-of-the-art robust, scalable and reliable electronic trading platform, called SOLA, currently in use at MX, BOX, EDX, Oslo Børs 
and IDEM. In June 2009, we successfully launched the SOLA Clearing system. This new clearing platform, which leverages the strength of the SOLA 
technology, provides the flexibility to enhance CDCC’s product offering.

Products and Services

Derivatives – Trading 

MX

MX  offers  interest  rate,  index  and  equity  derivatives.  Currently,  the  most  important  of  these  products  are  the  Three-Month  Canadian  Bankers’ 
Acceptance  Futures  contract  (BAX®),  the  Ten-Year  Government  of  Canada  Bond  Futures  contract  (CGB®)  and  the  S&P  Canada  60  Index  Futures 
contract (SXF). MX connects participants to its derivatives markets, builds business relationships with them and works with them to ensure that the 
derivatives offerings meet investor needs. In 2009, we re-introduced a five-year Government of Canada bond futures contract, introduced implied 
pricing functionality for our flagship Bankers’ Acceptance interest rate futures contract and launched a mini-sized futures contract on the S&P/TSX 
Composite Index. 

BOX

BOX is an all-electronic equity derivatives market and was created as a simpler, faster, more transparent and less costly alternative to the existing 
U.S. market models. BOX was established in February 2002 by the Boston Stock Exchange, Inc. (BSE), MX and Interactive Brokers Group LLC, with MX 
as the principal shareholder. 

BOX  is  one  of  multiple  equity  options  markets  in  the  U.S.,  offering  an  electronic  equity  derivatives  market  on  almost  1,500  options  classes. 
The equity options market in the U.S. is highly competitive. BOX had a unique make-or-take pricing structure rather than the payment for order flow 
model which became industry standard. As market share erosion accelerated in 2009 and into 2010, BOX changed the pricing model considerably in 
three stages, eliminating the make-or-take pricing and transitioning to more standard pricing. BOX has made no further pricing changes for 2011 
(see 2011 Pricing). 

Derivatives – Clearing11

Through  CDCC,  MX’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  we  generate  revenue  from  clearing  and  settlement,  as  well  as  from  options  and  futures  exercise 
activities. CDCC offers central counterparty and clearing and settlement services for all transactions carried out on MX’s markets and on some OTC 
products. In addition, CDCC is the issuer of options traded on MX markets and the clearing house and guarantor for options and futures contracts 
traded on MX markets and for some products on the OTC market. CDCC reduces investor risk by guaranteeing all contractual commitments made 
between parties for transactions executed on MX’s markets. CDCC has a long-term rating of AA and a short-term rating of A1 from Standard and Poor’s. 

In December 2009, the Investment Industry Association of Canada (IIAC) announced that it had selected CDCC as a preferred partner to develop the 
infrastructure for central-counterparty services to the Canadian fixed income market. CDCC has been working with industry and regulatory authorities 
to develop a domestic solution and the launch of the first initiative, the clearing of OTC fixed income repurchase agreements, is scheduled for 2H/11. 
Plans are underway to develop further products like general collateral repos, interest rate swaps and other potential OTC products. 

Derivatives – Regulatory Division

MX is a self-regulatory organization (SRO) that has a major responsibility for maintaining the transparency, credibility and integrity of the exchange-
traded  derivatives  market  in  Canada.  MX’s  Regulatory  Division,  which  is  operated  independently  of  its  other  operations,  is  responsible  for  the 
regulation of its markets and its trading participants. The Regulatory Division is subject to the sole internal oversight of MX’s Special Committee – 
Regulatory Division. The Special Committee – Regulatory Division, which is appointed by the Board of Directors of MX, is composed of a majority 
of independent members, none of whom is a member of the Board of Directors of MX or CDCC. The Regulatory Division operates on a non-profit/
cost-recovery basis.

11 

 The “Derivatives-Clearing” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information, Risks and Uncertainties” for a 
discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

26  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   26

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Revenues generated by the Regulatory Division are from two sources: (1) regulatory fees, which are principally comprised of market surveillance 
fees collected by MX on behalf of its Regulatory Division, and (2) regulatory fine revenues, which are generated from fines levied by the Regulatory 
Division. Market regulation fees are recognized in the month in which the services are provided.

Any surplus in the Regulatory Division must be, subject to the approval of the Special Committee – Regulatory Division, redistributed to MX’s approved 
participants (excluding regulatory fine revenues, which cannot be redistributed) and any shortfall must be made up by a special assessment by MX’s 
participants or by MX upon recommendation of the Special Committee – Regulatory Division. Regulatory fine revenues are accounted for separately 
from regulatory fees revenues and can be used only for specifically approved purposes, such as charitable or educational donations. 

Key Statistics

•	

In 2010, MX set an annual volume record with 44.30 million contracts traded. MX volumes increased 27% from 34.75 million contracts 
traded in 2009 and total open interest was up 30% at the end of 2010 versus the end of 2009. 

•	 BOX volumes decreased by 33% (91.75 million contracts in 2010 versus 137.78 million contracts traded in 2009).

Pricing

MX participants are charged fees for buying and selling derivatives products on a per transaction basis, determined principally by contract type and 
participant status. Since MX trading fee rates are charged on a per transaction basis, this trading revenue is directly correlated to the volume of 
contracts traded on the derivatives market. Derivatives trading revenue is recognized on the transaction date of the related transaction. 

MX participants are charged fees for clearing and settlement on a per contract basis. These fees are charged at various rates based on the type of 
customer or member. Clearing and settlement revenues are correlated to the trading volume of such products and therefore fluctuate based on the 
same factors that affect our derivatives trading volume. Derivatives clearing revenue is recognized on the settlement date of the related transaction.

Effective May 1, 2010, MX introduced a rebate program for large cross transactions of equity options and ETF options.

BOX participants are charged fees on a per transaction basis. Trading fees are directly correlated to the volume of contracts traded. Transaction 
fee revenue is considered earned upon execution of a trade and is recognized on a trade date basis. Options Regulatory Fees are fees based on the 
number of customer contracts executed by participant firms. On January 1, 2010, BOX adjusted its pricing by establishing a tiered pricing schedule 
for market makers based on average daily volume. In addition, BOX reduced fees related to removing liquidity in various products as well as in 
contracts traded via its Price Improvement Period (PIP) mechanism. In Q3/10, BOX adjusted its fee schedule for trades executed inside the PIP and 
began charging public customers for trades executed outside the PIP.

Prior to becoming effective, changes to MX trading fees are filed with the Autorité des marchés financiers (AMF). Changes to BOX trading fees are 
filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

2011 Pricing

To date, there have been no significant price changes announced for MX and BOX for 2011.

Competition12

In Canada, our competition in derivatives is the OTC market and internationally we compete for a share of trading in derivatives of interlisted equities.

While MX and CDCC are the only standardized financial derivatives exchange and clearing house in Canada, their various component activities are 
exposed, in varying degrees, to competition. We compete by offering market participants a state-of-the-art electronic trading platform, an efficient, 
cost-effective and liquid marketplace for trade execution, transparent market and quotation data and excellent product design. Additionally, we are 
continually enhancing our product offering and providing additional efficiencies to our customers. We are committed to improving the technology, 
services,  market  integrity  and  liquidity  of  our  markets.  In  addition  to  competition  from  foreign  derivatives  exchanges  that  offer  comparable 
derivatives products, the majority of derivatives trading occurs OTC or bilaterally between institutions. We may in the future also face competition 
from other Canadian marketplaces.

With respect to providing clearing services for certain OTC-traded contracts, CDCC is targeting markets that already are or could easily be the focus 
of foreign clearing houses. The nature of these markets makes them attractive targets for all clearing houses in good standing throughout the 
world. Once such services are in place in a given clearing house, the main criterion for attracting such business is merely that both counterparties to 
a transaction clear through members of the clearing house.

In the United States, MX competes for market share of trading single stock options based on Canadian-based interlistings, or dual listings. However, 
options traded in the U.S. are not fungible with those traded in Canada. 

12 

 The “Competition” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion of risks and uncertainties 
related to such statements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  27

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   27

29/03/11   3:54 PM

BOX operates in the highly competitive U.S. equity options market. BOX’s overall market share decreased from 4.0% in 2009 to 2.6% in 2010. BOX 
competes for market share with NYSE Amex Options, NYSE Arca Options, CBOE, International Securities Exchange (ISE), The NASDAQ Options Market 
and NASDAQ OMX PHLX among others. 

NGX 

Overview and Description of Products and Services13 

NGX is a Canadian-based energy exchange with an electronic platform that trades and provides clearing and settlement services for natural gas, 
crude oil and electricity contracts. In 2008, we formed a technology and clearing alliance for the North American natural gas and Canadian power 
markets between NGX and ICE. Under the arrangement, North American physical natural gas and Canadian electricity products are offered through 
ICE’s leading electronic commodities trading platform. NGX serves as the clearinghouse for these products. 

On May 1, 2009, we completed the acquisition of NTP, a leading Canadian electronic trading platform and clearing facility for crude oil products, 
and launched crude oil products on NGX’s trading system and clearing facility. The NGX model provides significant capital efficiencies to customers 
who trade in multiple commodities, however, the transition to a fully collateralized model is not automatic and we continue to work with customers 
to communicate the benefits and increase utilization of a Central Counterparty (CCP) model. All but two NTP customers have moved to NGX and 
over 30 are active. 

NGX also owns The Alberta Watt Exchange (Watt-Ex), a provider of ancillary services to the Alberta Electric System Operator which is used to balance 
supply and demand on the Alberta grid. 

In 2010, NGX launched clearing services at ten new natural gas hubs in the U.S. bringing the number of U.S. natural gas clearing locations to 30 at 
December 31, 2010. NGX also clears crude oil at ten locations and clears physical gas at 17 locations in Canada in addition to offering two financial 
gas products and two financial power products.

On January 18, 2011, NGX and ICE announced an agreement to add Canadian and U.S. physical and Canadian financial crude oil products to their 
existing clearing and technology alliance. NGX and ICE expect to launch the combined offering in the first quarter of 2011. 

Key Statistics

•	

In 2010, NGX set a new record for total energy volume# with 16.72 million terajoules traded or cleared, surpassing the previous record of 
14.84 million terajoules set in 2009, representing an overall increase of 13%. 

•	 As of December 31, 2010, NGX listed over 15 crude oil grades at 10 locations in Canada and the U.S. 

Pricing

NGX generates trading and clearing revenue by applying fees to all transactions based on the contract volume traded or centrally cleared through 
the exchange, and charges a monthly fixed subscription fee to each trading customer who trades on NGX.

Fee changes are filed with the ASC and U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC).

2011 Pricing 

To date, there have been no major price changes announced for 2011.

Competition 

NGX’s business of trading and clearing natural gas, electricity and crude oil contracts faces primary competition in energy markets in Canada and 
the United States from other exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms and from the OTC or bilateral markets (with support from voice 
brokers). Voice brokers continue to provide efficient contract matching services for both standardized and structured products and are expanding 
their service offerings to include access to clearing facilities for trading parties who may have credit constraints. Our alliance with ICE positions 
us to compete in the OTC markets for trading while providing clearing for OTC bilateral contracts. NGX is working with the energy voice brokers to 
provide clearing alternatives for standard off-exchange bilateral energy transactions.

13 

 The “Overview and Description of Products and Services” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a 
discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

#  NGX Total Energy Volume includes trading and clearing in natural gas, crude oil and electricity.

28  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   28

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Shorcan – Fixed Income & Energy Trading 

Overview and Description of Products and Services

Shorcan’s fixed income operations primarily provide a facility for matching orders for Canadian federal, provincial, corporate and mortgage bonds 
and treasury bills and derivatives for anonymous or name-give-up buyers and sellers in the secondary market. Shorcan Energy, a wholly owned 
subsidiary of Shorcan, provides an inter-participant brokerage facility for matching buyers and sellers of energy products, including crude oil.

Key Statistics

•	

In 2010, we estimate that the IDB market represented about 38% of total fixed income trading in Canada and that Shorcan’s share of this 
market was about 38%. 

•	 We estimate Shorcan Energy’s inter-participant market share is approximately 50%.

Pricing

Shorcan and Shorcan Energy charge a commission on orders that are matched against an existing communicated order. 

2011 Pricing 

To date, there have been no price changes announced for 2011.

Competition

Shorcan, and Shorcan Energy have several competitors in the fixed income IDB and energy markets in Canada. Shorcan continues to work towards 
increasing market share as well as diversifying revenue. 

Information Services (formerly Market Data) – TMX Datalinx, MX and BOX 

2010 information services revenue of $154.4 million 

2009 information services revenue of $149.0 million

Fixed Income

Non-Canadian  
Subscriptions  
Top of Book (CEG)

Data Delivery 
Solutions

Derivatives

TSX Top  
of Book 
(Level 1)

3rd Party Data

Online/Historical/Other

Non-pro Usage

TSXV Top of Book 
(Level 1)

TSX Depth of Book (Level 2)

TSXV  
Depth of Book  
(Level 2)

Fixed Income

Data Delivery  
Solutions

Derivatives

3rd Party Data

Non-Canadian  
Subscriptions  
Top of Book (CEG)

TSX Top  
of Book 
(Level 1)

Online/Historical/Other

Non-pro Usage

TSXV Top of Book 
(Level 1)

TSXV Depth  
of Book  
(Level 2)

TSX Depth  
of Book 
(Level 2)

Overview and Description of Products and Services

Real-Time Market Data Products14 – CEG, Level 1 and Level 2, Non-pro usage

Trading  activity  on  our  equity  exchanges  produces  a  stream  of  real-time  data  reflecting  orders  and  executed  transactions.  This  stream  of  data  is 
supplemented with value added content (e.g. dividends, earnings) and packaged by TMX Datalinx into real-time market data products and delivered, 
directly or indirectly, to end users directly or via more than 100 Canadian and global market data vendors that sell data feeds and desktop market data. 

For our cash equities markets, we offer Level 1 and Level 2 real-time services for Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange, including NEX. 
Level 1 provides trades, quotes, corporate actions and index level information. Our Level 2 services provide a more in-depth look at the order book. 
Level 2 real-time products include Market-by-Price and Market Book for Toronto Stock Exchange and MarketDepth by Price and MarketDepth by 
Order for TSX Venture Exchange, which display all committed orders and trades. We offer direct data feeds to clients with trading strategies that 
require lower latency. We also provide market participants with low-latency access to consolidated real-time market data by way of our Consolidated 
Data Feed (CDF™), Canadian Best Bid and Offer (CBBO®), and Consolidated Depth of Book (CDB™). 

TMX Datalinx Canadian market data is available globally through connectivity to NYSE Technologies’ Secure Financial Transaction Infrastructure® 
(SFTI®) locations across the United States and Europe.

14 

 The “Real-Time Market Data Products” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion of 
risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  29

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   29

29/03/11   3:54 PM

Online, Historical, Other Market Data Products 

Historical  market  data  products  include  market  information  (such  as  historical  pricing,  index  constituents  and  weightings)  and  corporate 
information (such as dividends and corporate actions) used in research, analysis and trade clearing. 

In 2010, we upgraded www.tmxmoney.com, providing additional content and enhanced investment tools for Canadian and North American investors. 

Third Party Data

In  addition  to  providing  consolidated  Canadian  equities  data,  we  also  redistribute  exchange  data  from  other  markets  in  North  America. 
We also provide live inter-bank foreign exchange rates, fixed income rates from CanDeal and offer TMX/CP equities news in partnership with 
The Canadian Press. 

Real-Time Market Data Derivatives Products

MX sells real-time trading and historical data to market participants on a global basis. 

The SOLA High Speed Vendor Feed (HSVF) is a real-time service for MX’s real-time trading and statistical information (comprised of trades, quotes, 
market depth, strategies, bulletins, summaries and other statistics). The MX Data Feed provides access to both level one and level two real-time 
data. The feed covers all securities traded on MX, including Canadian interest rate, currency, index and equity derivatives contracts.

Information services revenue is also generated by the sale of data to resellers of information as well as the sale of individual quotes via the Internet. 

BOX also resells its market data. Like the other U.S. options markets, it resells such data through a marketplace service known as OPRA (Options 
Price Reporting Authority), which collects data from the options exchanges and disseminates it to entities which then resell it. 

Data Delivery Solutions15 

As  part  of  our  on-going  effort  to  deliver  low-latency  solutions  that  support  the  wide  range  of  market  participants,  in  2008  we  introduced  co-
location services, providing clients the opportunity to locate their trading and data applications in the TMX data centre. In Q3/09, we announced 
phases 3 and 4 of our major expansion of our co-location services and facilities in response to significant international demand. The new facility is 
designed to accommodate up to 200 co-location spaces, which will meet current and medium-term demand for the services. Capital expenditures 
of approximately $7.2 million associated with the third phase of the expansion project were incurred in 2010. We expect to incur approximately 
$2.3 million of additional capital expenditures associated with this phase. The new facility now provides space for 100 cabinets. In June 2010, we 
announced that construction of the new co-location facility was complete and on June 30, 2010, clients began installing their trading applications 
in the TMX data centre and receiving the benefits of direct high-speed access to the Toronto Stock Exchange, TSX Venture Exchange and MX trading 
engines and market data feeds. We began to realize incremental revenue in 2H/10.

In November 2010, TMX Datalinx introduced TMXnet GTA, an ultra-low latency network designed to provide international and domestic firms with 
technology infrastructure located in Downtown Toronto.

Index Products – Equities and Derivatives

TMX Datalinx has an arrangement with Standard & Poor’s under which we share license fees received from organizations that create products, such 
as mutual funds and ETFs, based on the S&P/TSX≠ indices. In general, these license fees are based on a percentage of funds under management in 
respect of those products. 

Together with Standard & Poor’s, we launched new Toronto Stock Exchange indices in 2010 to complement our core S&P/TSX benchmark indices and 
provide innovative products for the capital markets: S&P/TSX 60 130/30 Strategy Index, S&P/TSX Clean Technology Index, S&P/TSX MegaCap Index, 
S&P/TSX Equity Income, S&P/TSX Dividend Composite, six S&P/TSX North American Preferred Stock Indices, and three S&P/TSX Equal Weight Indices: 
Global Base Metals, Diversified Banks and Oil & Gas.

On October 18, 2010, together with Standard & Poor’s, we launched the S&P/TSX 60 VIX index≠≠. Developed as a means to gauge volatility, this 
new index measures the 30-day implied volatility of the Canadian stock market using near-term and next-term S&P/TSX 60 Index options, which 
trade on MX. 

15 

≠ 

 The “Data Delivery Solutions” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion of risks and 
uncertainties related to such statements.

“S&P” is the trade-mark of Standard & Poor’s and “TSX” is the trade-mark of TSX Inc.

≠≠    “VIX”, “VIXC” and “VIXCanada” are the trade-marks of the Chicago Board Options Exchange (“CBOE”), used by Standard &Poor’s (“S&P”), TSX Inc. (“TSX”) and its affiliates with the 

permission of CBOE. “S&P” is the trade-mark of S&P and “TSX” is the trade-mark of TSX. The VIX Methodology is the property of the CBOE. CBOE has granted S&P, a license to use the 
VIX Methodology to create the S&P/TSX 60 VIX index and has agreed that S&P may permit values of the S&P/TSX 60 VIX index to be disseminated. S&P has granted TSX and its affiliates 
a license to use the S&P/TSX 60 VIX index, with the permission of CBOE. Neither CBOE nor S&P nor TSX or their respective affiliates makes any representation regarding such index or the 
advisability of relying on such index for any purpose. Neither CBOE nor S&P or their respective affiliate’s sponsors, endorses, sells or promotes any investment product that is based or 
may be based on the S&P/TSX 60 VIX index. Neither TSX nor its affiliates sponsors, endorses or promotes any third party investment product that is or may be based on the S&P/TSX 60 
VIX index.

30  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   30

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Fixed Income – Index and Analytics Products

.

Our  PC-Bond  fixed  income  indices  are  widely  used  fixed  income  performance  benchmarks  in  Canada.  The  best  known  of  these  indices  is  the 
Universe Bond Index, which tracks the broad Canadian bond market. In addition to this index, we now publish a variety of sub-indices for different 
term  and  credit  sectors,  as  well  as  indices  for  tracking  other  segments  of  the  market,  including  high  yield  bonds,  Euro  Canadian  bonds,  maple 
bonds (Canadian dollar bonds issued by a non-Canadian issuer), yankee bonds, inflation-indexed real return bonds, treasury bills and residential 
and  commercial  mortgage-backed  securities.  In  March,  2010,  RBC  Capital  Markets  introduced  the  RBC  Total  Return  U.S.  Treasury  (TRUST)  Index, 
a benchmark index for investors in U.S. Treasuries with bonds rebalanced on a daily basis, licensing PC-Bond to create and manage the index. Overall 
in 2010, PC-Bond launched 174 new fixed income indices. 

Key Statistics

•	 Overall,  there  was  a  4%  increase  in  the  number  of  professional  and  equivalent  real-time  market  data  subscriptions  to  Toronto 
Stock  Exchange  and  TSX  Venture  Exchange  products  (159,572++  professional  and  equivalent  real-time  market  data  subscriptions  at 
December 31, 2010 compared with 153,119 at December 31, 2009). 

•	 There was a 4% increase in the number of MX market data subscriptions (23,718+ MX market data subscriptions at December 31, 2010 

compared with 22,876 at December 31, 2009). 

Pricing

Subscribers to TMX Datalinx data generally pay fixed monthly rates for access to real-time streaming data, which differ depending on the number 
of end users and the depth of information accessed. In addition to streaming data, many individual investors consume real-time quote data, 
for which we charge on a per quote basis. Real-time data fees are primarily driven by the number of market data subscriptions and therefore are 
partly related to industry employment. Unfavourable economic and market conditions in late 2008 and 2009 impacted employment levels in the 
financial services sector. This caused a decline in the number of market data subscriptions in 2009, as there is a lag effect between the timing 
of announced industry employment reductions and subscription cancellations. The economic and market recovery in 2010 was reflected in an 
increase in the number of cash equities and MX market data subscriptions at the end of 2010 compared with the end of 2009. We charge market 
data vendors and direct feed clients a fixed monthly fee for access to data feeds. 

Generally, we sell historical data products for a fixed amount per product accessed. Fees vary depending on the type of end use. Data products to be 
used for commercial purposes require an enterprise-wide license for internal and external redistribution. We produce two electronic reference data 
publications for each equity exchange, a Daily Record and a Monthly Review, both of which are sold on a subscription and firm license basis. 

In 2010, approximately 36% of our information services revenue was billed in U.S. dollars. We do not currently hedge this revenue and are therefore 
subject to foreign exchange fluctuations. 

We benchmark our market data fees against those of our peers in the global exchange industry. 

Prior to becoming effective, changes to certain TMX Datalinx market data fees related to Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange market 
data are filed with the OSC, BCSC and ASC. Changes to MX market data fees are filed with the AMF. 

2011 Pricing

To date, there have been no price changes announced for 2011.

Competition 

With the advent of a multi-marketplace environment in Canada, we face competition in market data, from these trading venues. Market data is 
generated from trading activity and the success of certain data products is contingent on maintaining order flow. 

We have continued to diversify and target new data customers with recent initiatives such as the combination of our equities and derivatives data 
centres  and  the  expansion  of  our  co-location  services.  We  have  also  expanded  our  information  services  business  internationally  with  our  data 
technology and distribution agreement with NYSE Technologies which has been in place since December 2009. 

+  

Includes a base number of subscriptions for customers that have entered into enterprise agreements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  31

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   31

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Technology Services (formerly Business Services) and Other Revenue

We  provide  technology  solutions  to  exchanges  and  other  industry  participants  in  circumstances  where  there  is  a  financial  or  strategic  interest. 
Our team of exchange technology professionals have extensive industry experience in installing and operating trading and related systems at our 
exchanges as well as other global exchanges. 

•	

•	

In 2010, technology services and other revenue represented $15.9 million, or 3% of our revenue. 

In 2009, technology services and other revenue represented $30.6 million, or 5% of our revenue. 

Cash Markets Technology Services

We  currently  provide  technology  and  related  services  to  IIROC  for  the  purposes  of  its  review  and  real-time  monitoring  of  trading  on  equity 
marketplaces.  IIROC  pays  us  fees  for  these  services,  negotiated  on  an  arm’s  length  basis,  in  accordance  with  a  five-year  agreement  dated 
June 1, 2008, which also details service levels. 

Derivatives Markets Technology Services 

Technology services revenue for 2009 includes a one-time license fee of $13.5 million from the technology services arrangement with the London 
Stock Exchange plc (LSE) to license a customized version of SOLA Trading for certain LSE affiliates and partners. SOLA technology is now being used 
in markets across Europe, including EDX, which trades Scandinavian and Russian derivatives products, Oslo Børs and Borsa Italiana’s derivatives 
market, IDEM. We continued to provide ongoing customization support through 2010. 

In Q2/09 we took a 19.9% ownership stake in EDX at a cost of $7.7 million. In Q4/10, we recognized an unrealized loss of $1.7 million related 
to a non-cash write-down of this interest in EDX to its estimated fair value, which included an unrealized foreign exchange loss of $0.9 million. 

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared with Year Ended December 31,  2009

Net  income  was  $196.5  million  or  $2.64  per  common  share  for  2010  on  a  basic  and  diluted  basis,  compared  with  net  income  of  $104.7  million 
or $1.41 per common share on both a basic and diluted basis for 2009, representing an increase in net income of 88%. Net income for 2010 was 
reduced by $1.7 million, or $0.02 per common share on a basic and diluted basis related to a non-cash write-down of our 19.9% interest in EDX to 
its estimated fair value. Net income for 2009 was reduced by the non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $77.3 million, or $1.04 per common share 
on a basic and diluted basis, related to BOX. Net income for 2009 was also reduced by a write-down in the value of future tax assets and liabilities 
which related to a reduction in Ontario corporate income tax rates. The tax adjustment also had no impact on cash flows and resulted in a reduction 
in net income for 2009 of $10.4 million, or 14 cents per common share on a basic and diluted basis.

The following is a reconciliation of net income to adjusted net income* prior to the adjustment related to the write-down of our 19.9% interest in 
EDX to its estimated fair value in 2010, the non-cash goodwill impairment charge in 2009 related to BOX and income tax charges which reduced the 
value of future tax assets and liabilities in 2009: 

Net Income GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliation for 2010 and 2009

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Net Income
Adjustment related to non-cash impairment of goodwill pertaining to investment in BOX
Adjustment related to a reduction in the value of future tax assets and liabilities
Adjustment related to a write-down of our 19.9% interest in EDX to its estimated fair value
Adjusted net income

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2010
196.5
–
–
1.7
198.2

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2009
104.7
77.3
10.4
–
192.4

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  earnings  per  share  to  adjusted  earnings  per  share*  prior  to  the  adjustment  related  to  the  write-down  of  our 
19.9% interest in EDX to its estimated fair value in 2010, the non-cash goodwill impairment charge in 2009 related to BOX and income tax charges 
which reduced the value of future tax assets and liabilities in 2009:

* 

See discussion under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”. 

32  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   32

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Earnings per share GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliation for 2010 and 2009

Earnings per share
Adjustment related to non-cash impairment of goodwill pertaining 
  to investment in BOX
Adjustment related to a reduction in the value of future tax assets 
  and liabilities
Adjustment related to a write-down of our 19.9% interest in EDX to 

its estimated fair value
Adjusted earnings per share

2010

Basic
2.64

  $ 

Diluted
2.64

  $ 

–

–

  $ 
  $ 

0.02
2.66

  $ 
  $ 

–

–

0.02
2.66

2009

Basic
1.41

  $ 

1.04

  $ 

0.14

  $ 

–
2.59

  $ 

Diluted
1.41

1.04

0.14

–
2.59

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Adjusted net income* for 2010 of $198.2 million, or adjusted EPS* of $2.66 per common share on a basic and diluted basis, was higher than adjusted 
net income* of $192.4 million, or adjusted EPS* of $2.59 per common share on a basic and diluted basis for 2009. Revenue from issuer services, 
fixed income trading, Canadian derivatives trading and clearing, as well as information services, all increased in 2010 over 2009, somewhat offset 
by a decline in equities trading revenue and U.S. derivatives market trading revenue over the same period. The increase was somewhat offset by 
higher operating expenses in 2010 compared with 2009, primarily due to higher costs related to technology initiatives, corporate development and 
marketing as well as share-based compensation. Technology services revenue was lower in 2010 compared with 2009 due to recognizing a one-time 
license fee of $13.5 million from the LSE in 2009.

Revenue

Revenue  was  $575.5  million  in  2010,  up  $15.4  million,  or  3%  compared  with  $560.1  million  in  2009,  reflecting  increased  revenue  from  issuer 
services, cash markets fixed income trading, Canadian derivatives markets trading and clearing, information services and energy markets trading 
and clearing, partially offset by lower revenue from cash markets equity trading, U.S. derivatives markets trading and technology services. In 2009, 
technology services revenue included a one-time license fee of $13.5 million from the LSE.

Issuer Services Revenue

The  following  is  a  summary  of  issuer  services  revenue  reported  based  on  initial  and  additional  listing  fee  revenue  reported,  and  issuer  services 
revenue based on initial and additional listing fees billed* (reconciled below in this section) in 2010 and 2009.

Reported

Billed*

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Initial listing fees
Additional listing fees
Sustaining listing fees
Other issuer services
Total

2010
18.7
66.0
65.0
13.3
163.0

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
16.9
57.6
55.1
13.4
143.0

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

$ increase /  
(decrease)
1.8
8.4
9.9
(0.1)
20.0

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

% increase /  
(decrease)

11%   $ 
15%   $ 
18%   $ 
  $ 
(1%)
14%   $ 

2010
28.7
106.1
65.0
13.3
213.1

2009
12.8
92.0
55.1
13.4
173.3

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

$ increase /  
(decrease)
15.9
14.1
9.9
(0.1)
39.8

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

% increase /  
(decrease)
124%
15%
18%
(1%)
23%

Initial and additional listing fees are non-refundable fees paid by listed issuers for the listing or reserving of securities. These fees are recorded as 
“Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees” and recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimated service period of ten years.

In  the  case  of  Toronto  Stock  Exchange,  listed  issuers  are  billed  for  initial  and  additional  listing  fees  and  there  is  a  lag  between  the  time  when 
securities are issued or reserved and the time when these listing fees are paid by Toronto Stock Exchange listed issuers. For TSX Venture Exchange 
issuers, fees are paid either prior to, or at the time of, listing or reserving securities. 

•	

•	

Initial and additional listing fees reported increased in 2010 compared with 2009, reflecting an increase in capital market activity during 
the period from April 1, 2000 to December 31, 2010 compared with the period from April 1, 1999 to December 31, 2009. 

Initial listing fees billed* in 2010 increased over 2009 due to an increase in the value of initial financings and the number of new issuers 
listed on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange. Additional listing fees billed* in 2010 increased over 2009 due to an increase 
in  the  value  and  number  of  additional  financings  on  TSX  Venture  Exchange.  While  the  value  of  additional  financings  on  Toronto  Stock 
Exchange decreased in 2010 compared with 2009, there was an increase in additional listing fees billed* as a result of fee changes that were 
effective January 1, 2010 and an increase in the number of financing transactions.

* 

See discussion under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  33

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   33

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
•	

Issuers listed on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange pay annual sustaining listing fees primarily based on their market 
capitalization at the end of the prior calendar year, subject to minimum and maximum fees. The increase in sustaining listing fees was due 
to the overall higher market capitalization of listed issuers on both exchanges at the end of 2009 compared with the end of 2008.

Trading, Clearing and Related Revenue

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Cash markets revenue
Derivatives markets revenue
Energy markets revenue
Total 

Cash Markets

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2010
113.1
83.7
45.4
242.2

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
119.6
78.5
39.4
237.5

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

$ increase/  
(decrease)
(6.5)
5.2
6.0
4.7

% increase/  
(decrease)
(5%)
7%
15%
2%

•	 The decrease was partially the result of changes to our equity trading fee schedule on October 1, 2009 and March 1, 2010, which included 
reductions  in  active  trading  fees  on  securities  trading  at  less  than  $1.00  in  the  post-open  continuous  market  and  on  April  1,  2010, 
which  included  a  reduction  in  trading  fees  for  securities  trading  at  $1.00  and  higher.  The  fee  reductions  were  somewhat  offset  by  fee 
changes under the ELP Program. Effective October 1, 2009, we moved to a single tier model which reduced the passive credit paid to ELP  
Program participants. 

•	

In addition, cash markets equity trading revenue decreased due to a 12% decrease in the volume of securities traded on Toronto Stock 
Exchange in 2010 over 2009 (104.56 billion securities in 2010 versus 118.53 billion securities in 2009). 

•	 The decrease was somewhat offset by a 45% increase in the volume of securities traded on TSX Venture Exchange in 2010 over 2009 

(67.89 billion securities in 2010 versus 46.83 billion securities in 2009). 

•	

In  addition,  we  also  had  a  favourable  change  in  the  mix  of  customer  and  product  trading  activity  on  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  in  2010 
compared with 2009.

•	 The decrease was also partially offset by an increase in fixed income trading revenue from Shorcan due to a more favourable product mix in 

2010 compared with 2009. 

Derivatives Markets 

•	 The  increase  in  derivatives  markets  revenue  reflects  an  increase  in  trading  and  clearing  revenue  from  MX  and  CDCC.  MX  volumes 
increased by 27% (44.30 million contracts traded in 2010 versus 34.75 million contracts traded in 2009) reflecting increased trading 
in the BAX and CGB contracts due to increased volatility in future interest rate expectations, as well as increased trading in equity and 
ETF options. The increase in revenue was partially offset by fee changes that were effective May 1, 2010. Open interest was up 30% at 
December 31, 2010 compared with December 31, 2009. 

•	 The increase in derivatives markets revenue was somewhat offset by a decrease in BOX revenues due to a 33% decrease in BOX volumes 
(91.75 million contracts traded in 2010 versus 137.78 million contracts traded in 2009). This was somewhat offset by revenue from option 
regulatory fees charged in the U.S. in respect of BOX in 2010 and pricing changes that were effective August, 2010. 

Energy Markets 

•	 The increase in energy markets revenue reflects the inclusion of revenue from Shorcan Energy which launched inter-participant brokerage 

in energy products in Q1/10. 

•	 The  higher  revenue  also  reflected  a  13%  increase  in  total  energy  volume#  over  2009  (16.72  million  terajoules  in  2010  compared  to 

14.84 million terajoules in 2009). 

•	 The higher revenue was somewhat offset by the impact of the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar in 2010 compared 

with 2009.

Information Services (formerly Market Data) Revenue

(in	millions	of	dollars)

  $ 

2010
 154.4

  $ 

2009
149.0

  $ 

$ increase
5.4

% increase
4%

#  NGX Total Energy Volume includes trading and clearing in natural gas, crude oil and electricity.

34  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   34

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
•	 The  increase  was  due  to  higher  revenue  from  co-location  services,  fixed  income  indices,  index  data  licensing,  and  higher  usage-based 

activity in 2010 compared with 2009. 

•	 Overall, there was a 1% increase in the average number of professional and equivalent real-time market data subscriptions to Toronto 
Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange products (154,039+ professional and equivalent real-time market data subscriptions in 2010 
compared with 152,069 in 2009). There was a 6% decrease in the average number of MX market data subscriptions (23,191+ MX market 
data subscriptions in 2010 compared with 24,616 in 2009). 

•	 The increase was partially offset by the impact of the depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar in 2010 compared with 2009. 

•	 The increase was also offset by lower revenue from BOX derivatives market data. 

Technology Services (formerly Business Services) and Other Revenue

(in	millions	of	dollars)

  $ 

2010
 15.9

  $ 

2009
30.6

$ (decrease)
(14.7)

  $ 

% (decrease)
(48%)

•	 Technology services revenue in 2009 was higher primarily due to a one-time license fee of $13.5 million received from the LSE.

•	 The decrease was also due to providing technology services to fewer customers in 2010 compared with 2009.

Operating Expenses

Operating  expenses  in  2010  were  $286.5  million,  up  $9.6  million,  or  3%,  from  $276.9  million  in  2009  primarily  due  to  higher  costs  related  to 
incentive based compensation, technology initiatives, corporate development and marketing.

Compensation and Benefits

(in	millions	of	dollars)

2010

2009

$ increase

% increase

  $ 

133.5

  $ 

 129.4

  $ 

4.1

3%

•	 Compensation	and	benefits costs increased primarily due to commission based compensation and higher costs associated with long-term 
performance incentives that are tied to share price appreciation. The TMX Group share price increased 12% from December 31, 2009 to 
December 31, 2010.

•	 There were 841 employees at December 31, 2010 versus 849 employees at December 31, 2009.

Information and Trading Systems

(in	millions	of	dollars)

  $ 

2010

47.8

2009

$ increase

% increase

  $ 

46.1

  $ 

1.7

4%

•	

Information	and	trading	systems costs increased due to higher costs related to technology initiatives including enterprise expansion and 
the inclusion of Shorcan Energy. This increase was partially offset by decreased costs following the decommissioning of legacy hardware 
in Q2/10.

General and Administration

(in	millions	of	dollars)

  $ 

2010

73.0

2009

$ increase

% increase

  $ 

69.3

  $ 

3.7

5%

•	 General	and	administration costs were higher due to a $2.8 million increase in corporate development costs and higher marketing expenses 
as we continued to pursue new domestic and international expansion opportunities and launch new products across our businesses. 

•	

In addition, general	and	administration costs were higher in 2010 compared with 2009 due to lower lease costs in Q4/09 as a result of a 
one-time lease liability adjustment of $1.3 million.

+ 

Includes a base number of subscriptions for customers that have entered into enterprise agreements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  35

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   35

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization 

(in	millions	of	dollars)

  $ 

2010

32.3

2009

$ increase

% increase

  $ 

32.2

  $ 

0.1

–

•	 The increase was due to higher amortization of the intangible assets related to the TSX Quantum Order Entry Gateway and the TMX Smart 

Order Router. 

•	 The increases were largely offset by reduced amortization relating to assets that were fully depreciated by 2010. 

Unrealized Loss on Investment Carried at Cost

(in	millions	of	dollars)

  $ 

2010

 1.7

2009

$ increase

–

  $ 

1.7

•	

In  2010,  we  recognized  an  unrealized  loss  of  $1.7  million  related  to  a  non-cash  write-down  to  the  estimated  fair  value  of  our  19.9% 
investment in EDX. The investment was made in EDX at a cost of $7.7 million in Q2/09. The loss includes an unrealized foreign exchange 
loss of $0.9 million. 

Investment Income

(in	millions	of	dollars)

  $ 

2010
 5.2

  $ 

2009
 4.6

  $ 

$ increase
0.6

% increase
13%

•	

Investment	income increased primarily due to an increase in the amount of cash available for investment in 2010 compared with 2009, 
somewhat offset by lower returns.

Goodwill Impairment Charge

(in	millions	of	dollars)

2010
–

2009
$ 77.3

$ (decrease)
($ 77.3)

•	

In  2009,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $77.3  million  related  to  our  investment  in  BOX  primarily  due  to 
increased competition and a lower market share in the U.S. equity options trading market, which resulted in a decline in current and 
forecasted revenues.

Interest Expense

(in	millions	of	dollars)

2010

2009

$ increase

% increase

  $ 

 6.2

  $ 

 6.1

  $ 

0.1

2%

•	

Interest	expense increased slightly as a result of a higher average interest rate charged on the debt outstanding during 2010 compared with 
2009. On April 30, 2008, we borrowed $430.0 million in Canadian funds related to financing the cash consideration of the purchase price 
for MX (see Term Loan).

Income Taxes

(in	millions	of	dollars)

  $ 

2010

 90.7

  $ 

2009

 97.0

Effective tax rate (%) 

2010

32%

2009

35%16 

•	

In November 2009, the Ontario government substantively enacted legislation to reduce the general corporate income tax rate from 14% 
in 2009 to 12% effective July 1, 2010, with further reductions to 10% by July 1, 2013. As a result of these changes to Ontario corporate 

16  The goodwill impairment charge in Q4/09 of $77.3 million has been excluded from income before taxes in calculating the effective tax rate. 

36  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   36

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
income  tax  rates,  there  was  a  reduction  in  the  value  of  future  tax  assets  and  liabilities  and  a  corresponding  non-cash  net  increase  in 
income taxes of $10.4 million in 2009. 

•	 The effective tax rate for 2010 was lower than that for 2009 due to a decrease in the federal and Ontario corporate income tax rates. The impact 
of this decrease in tax rates was somewhat offset by larger adjustments in the value of future tax assets in 2010 compared with 2009. These 
tax adjustments related to the higher initial and additional listing fees billed in 2010 compared with 2009. The adjustments reduced the value 
of future tax assets and increased income taxes.

•	 Since October 1, 2000, MX and CDCC have benefited from certain income tax, capital tax and other exemptions which were intended to 
support the financial sector in the province of Québec. This provincial tax holiday ended on December 31, 2010. The impact of this tax 
holiday was a reduction in income taxes of $3.5 million and $3.4 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Non-controlling Interests

(in	millions	of	dollars)

2010

2009

$ (decrease)

% (decrease)

  $ 

0.1

  $ 

1.8

  $ 

(1.7)

(94%)

•	 MX holds a 53.8% ownership interest in BOX. The results for BOX are consolidated into our statements of income. The non-controlling 

interests represent the other BOX unitholders’ share of BOX’s income or loss, before income taxes in the period. 

•	

In 2009, the $1.8 million reflects the non-controlling interests’ share of BOX’s income before taxes for the year. In 2010, the $0.1 million 
reflects  the  non-controlling  interests’  share  of  BOX  income  before  taxes  during  the  year,  a  decrease  of  $1.7  million.  This  reflects  lower 
volumes on BOX, somewhat offset by revenue from option regulatory fees charged in the U.S. in respect of BOX.

Segment Analysis

Cash Markets –Equities and Fixed Income

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Revenue
Net Income

  $ 
  $ 

2010
425.2
158.1

  $ 
  $ 

2009
406.9
133.5

  $ 
  $ 

$ increase
18.3
24.6

% increase
4%
18%

The increase in revenue primarily reflects higher issuer services revenue related to sustaining and additional listing fees as well as higher information 
services and fixed income trading revenue partially offset by a decrease in equity trading revenue. The increase in net income reflected the higher 
revenue and a lower amount of shared services allocations, partially offset by an increase in operating expenses. In 2009, net income reflected a 
non-cash write-down of future income tax assets due to the change in Ontario corporate income tax rates. 

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Goodwill
Total Assets

December 31, 
2010
116.9
643.5

  $ 
  $ 

December 31, 
2009
116.9
522.1

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

$ increase/ 
(decrease)
–
121.4

Total assets increased primarily due to an increase in total cash and marketable securities at the end of 2010 compared with the end of 2009.

Derivative Markets – MX and BOX

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Revenue
Net Income (loss)

  $ 
  $ 

2010
104.3
26.2

  $ 
  $ 

2009
113.9
(42.9)

  $ 
  $ 

$ increase / 
(decrease)
(9.6)
69.1

% increase / 
(decrease)
(8%)
161%

The decrease in revenue largely reflects the inclusion of a one-time license fee of $13.5 million from LSE in 2009, as well as lower revenue from BOX. 
The decrease in BOX’s trading revenue was somewhat offset by revenue from option regulatory fees charged in the U.S. in respect of BOX in 2010. 
In addition, there was a significant increase in trading and clearing revenue from MX and CDCC. Net income for 2010 increased over 2009 due to 
the non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $77.3 million related to BOX, which was recorded in 2009, partially offset by the revenue decrease and 
higher operating expenses. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  37

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   37

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in	millions	of	dollars)

Goodwill
Total Assets

December 31, 
2010
413.9
1,592.4

  $ 
  $ 

December 31, 
2009
415.0
1,942.9

  $ 
  $ 

$ (decrease)
(1.1)
(350.5)

  $ 
  $ 

The amount of goodwill remained relatively constant in 2010 compared with 2009. Total Assets decreased primarily due to a reduction in Daily 
Settlements and Cash Deposits of $372.3 million. MX also carried offsetting liabilities related to daily settlements and cash deposits which were 
$372.3 million lower at December 31, 2010 compared with December 31, 2009. Total fund requirements have declined as a result of reduced equity 
market volatility. In addition, there has been a trend towards clearing members pledging securities rather than cash as collateral. 

Energy Markets – NGX and Shorcan Energy 

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Revenue
Net Income

  $ 
  $ 

2010
46.0
12.3

  $ 
  $ 

2009
39.3
14.1

  $ 
  $ 

$ increase/ 
(decrease)
6.7
(1.8)

$ increase/ 
(decrease)
17%
(13%)

The increase in revenue in 2010 compared with 2009 was partly due to an increase in natural gas volumes traded or cleared on NGX in 2010 
compared with 2009 and the addition of revenue from Shorcan Energy. The higher revenue was somewhat offset by the impact of the depreciation 
of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar in 2010 compared with 2009. The decrease in net income reflected higher compensation related to 
long term incentive plans, organizational transition costs and higher allocation of corporate costs. In addition, net income in 2009 reflected a 
non-cash write-down in the value of future tax assets and liabilities which related to a reduction in Ontario corporate income tax rates. 

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Goodwill
Total Assets

December 31, 
2010
51.9
1,045.9

  $ 
  $ 

December 31, 
2009
51.9
1,059.5

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

$ increase/ 
(decrease)
–
(13.6)

The decrease in Total Assets was due to a $60.9 million reduction in the fair value of open energy contracts at the end of 2010 compared with 
the end of 2009. NGX also carried offsetting liabilities related to the value of open energy contracts which were $60.9 million lower at the end of 
2010 compared with the end of 2009. This decrease in Total Assets was largely offset by an increase in energy contracts receivable of $40.4 million 
compared with the end of December 2009. As the clearing counterparty to every trade, NGX also carries offsetting liabilities in the form of energy 
contracts payable which were also $40.4 million higher at the end of 2010 compared with the end of 2009. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities 

(in	millions	of	dollars)

December 31, 
2010

December 31, 
2009

$ increase

  $ 

 330.4

  $ 

 191.1

  $ 

139.3

•	 The  increase  was  largely  due  to  cash  generated  from  operating  activities  of  $280.2  million,  partially  offset  by  dividend  payments  of 

$114.3 million, capital expenditures of $12.8 million and additions to intangible assets of $9.7 million.

Total Assets 

(in	millions	of	dollars)

38  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

December 31, 
2010
 3,281.9

  $ 

December 31, 
2009
 3,524.5

  $ 

$ (decrease)
(242.6)

  $ 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   38

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•	 Total	assets decreased largely due to lower MX daily settlements and cash deposits of $193.1 million as at December 31, 2010 related to 
MX’s clearing operations, compared with $565.4 million at the end of 2009. MX also carried offsetting liabilities related to daily settlements 
and cash deposits which were $193.1 million at December 31, 2010 compared with $565.4 million at the end of 2009. Daily settlements 
due from/to clearing members consist of amounts due from/to clearing members as a result of marking open futures positions to market 
and settling options transactions each day that are required to be collected from/paid to clearing members prior to the commencement 
of the next trading day. Daily settlements and cash deposits also include cash margin deposits and clearing fund cash deposits of clearing 
members held in the name of CDCC. Total fund requirements have declined as a result of reduced equity market volatility. In addition, 
there has been a trend towards clearing members pledging securities rather than cash as collateral. 

•	 The  decrease  was  also  due  to  a  decrease  in  current  assets  related  to  the  fair  value  of  open  energy  contracts  ($141.9  million  as  at 
December 31, 2010, compared with $202.8 million at December 31, 2009). The reduced level of open energy contracts largely reflected 
the impact of lower natural gas prices for the relevant measuring period during December 2010 compared with the corresponding period 
in December 2009. NGX also carried offsetting liabilities related to the fair value of open energy contracts which were $141.9 million at 
December 31, 2010 compared with $202.8 million at December 31, 2009. 

•	 The  decreases  were  somewhat  offset  by  an  increase  in  energy  contracts  receivable  of  $40.4  million  compared  with  the  end  of 
December 2009. As the clearing counterparty to every trade, NGX also carries offsetting liabilities in the form of energy contracts payable 
which were also $40.4 million higher at the end of 2010 compared with the end of 2009 because of higher volumes delivered in December. 

•	 The overall decrease was somewhat offset by an increase in cash and marketable securities of $139.3 million.

Credit Facilities and Guarantee

Term Loan17

(in	millions	of	dollars)

December 31, 
2010

December 31, 
2009

$ increase

  $ 

429.8

  $ 

429.0

  $ 

 0.8

•	

In connection with the combination with MX, we established a non-revolving three-year term unsecured credit facility of $430.0 million 
(the Term Loan). In addition, we also established a revolving three-year unsecured credit facility of $50.0 million with the same syndicate. 
We  may  draw  on  these  facilities  in  Canadian  dollars  by  way  of  prime  rate  loans  and/or  Bankers’  Acceptances  or  in  U.S.  dollars  by  way 
of  LIBOR  loans  and/or  U.S.  base  rate  loans.  Currently,  TMX  Group’s  acceptance  fee  or  spread  on  the  loan  is  0.45%.  On  April  30,  2008, 
we  borrowed  $430.0  million  in  Canadian  funds  under  the  Term  Loan  to  satisfy  the  cash  consideration  of  the  purchase  price  for  MX. 
This amount is included in Current liabilities and is due on April 18, 2011. In addition, the revolving facility will expire on that date. Based 
on current levels of cash flow from operations, we believe that the Term Loan could be repaid with a combination of existing cash, future 
cash flow from operations and refinancing, as required. We expect that the Term Loan will be repaid or refinanced before the end of Q1/11.

•	 These credit facilities contain customary covenants, including a requirement that TMX Group maintain: 

 §

 §

 §

a maximum debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio of 3.5:1, where adjusted EBITDA means earnings on a consolidated basis before interest, 
taxes, extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items, depreciation and amortization, all determined in accordance with Canadian GAAP 
but adjusted to include initial and additional listing fees billed and to exclude initial and additional listing fees reported as revenue; 

a minimum consolidated net worth covenant based on a pre-determined formula; and 

a debt incurrence test whereby debt to adjusted EBITDA must not exceed 3.0:1. 

At December 31, 2010, all covenants were met.

•	 We entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements which took effect on August 28, 2008 in order to partially manage our exposure 
to interest rate fluctuations on our $430.0 million non-revolving three-year term facility. The interest rate swap in place at December 31, 
2010 is as follows:

Notional value  
(in	millions	of	dollars)
Swap #3 – $100.0

Interest rate we will pay under swap  
(excludes	0.45%	fee)
3.829%

Maturity date of swap
April 18, 2011

17 

 The “Term Loan” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion of risks and uncertainties 
related to such statements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  39

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   39

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
Other Credit Facilities and Guarantee

To  backstop  its  clearing  operations,  NGX  currently  has  a  credit  agreement  in  place  with  a  Canadian  chartered  bank  which  includes  a  
US$100.0 million clearing backstop fund. We are NGX’s unsecured guarantor for this fund up to a maximum of US$100.0 million. This facility 
had not been drawn upon at December 31, 2010.

NGX also has an Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) Daylight facility of $300.0 million in place with a Canadian chartered bank. 

CDCC has a $50.0 million revolving standby credit facility with a Canadian Schedule I bank to provide liquidity in the event of default by a clearing 
member. This facility had not been drawn upon at December 31, 2010.

Shareholders’ Equity

(in	millions	of	dollars)

December 31, 
2010

December 31, 
2009

$ increase

  $ 

 853.1

  $  

770.6

  $ 

 82.5

•	 We earned $196.5 million of net income during 2010 and paid $114.3 million in dividends.

•	 At December 31, 2010, there were 74,370,462 common shares issued and outstanding. In 2010, 63,421 common shares were issued on 
the exercise of share options. At December 31, 2010, 4,064,226 common shares were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options 
granted under the share option plan. At December 31, 2010, there were 1,678,731 options outstanding. 

•	 At February 7, 2011, there were 74,370,462 common shares issued and outstanding and 1,665,877 options outstanding under the share 

option plan.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

2010

2009

Increase in cash

  $ 

 280.2

  $ 

 204.9

  $ 

75.3

Cash	Flows	from	Operating	Activities were $75.3 million higher in 2010 compared with 2009 due to:

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Net income
Amortization
Non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to BOX
Unrealized loss on non-cash write-down of interest in EDX
Increase/(decrease) in future income tax liabilities, net of future income tax assets
Unrealized (gain) on interest rate swaps
(Increase)/decrease in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses
(Increase) in other assets
Net (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and long-term liabilities
Increase in deferred revenue
(Increase)/decrease in income taxes recoverable, net of income taxes payable
Net increase in other items
Cash Flows from Operating Activities

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2010
196.5
32.3
–
1.7
(9.0)
(5.0)
(11.1)
(2.0)
15.5
53.8
4.3
3.2
280.2

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
in cash
91.8
0.1
(77.3)
1.7
(12.5)
1.8
1.4
7.2
23.4
20.6
19.3
(2.2)
75.3

2009
104.7
32.2
77.3
–
3.5
(6.8)
(12.5)
(9.2)
(7.9)
33.2
(15.0)
5.4
204.9

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

40  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   40

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows from (used in) Financing Activities

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Cash Flows from (used in) Financing Activities

  $ 

2010
(117.1)

  $ 

2009
(151.4)

Increase in cash
 34.3

  $ 

Cash	Flows	(used	in)	Financing	Activities were $34.3 million lower in 2010 compared with 2009 due to:

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Dividends paid on common shares
Repurchase of common shares under NCIB
Dividends paid to BOX non-controlling interests
Net increase/(decrease) in other items
Cash Flows from (used in) Financing Activities

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2010
(114.3)
–
–
(2.8)
(117.1)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
(113.0)
(30.4)
(6.4)
(1.6)
(151.4)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Increase/ 
(decrease)  
in cash
(1.3)
30.4
6.4
(1.2)
34.3

Cash Flows from (used in) Investing Activities

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Cash Flows from (used in) Investing Activities

2010
(181.6)

  $ 

2009

(Decrease)  
in cash

  $ 

(65.3)

  $ 

(116.3)

Cash	Flows	(used	in)	Investing	Activities were $116.3 million higher in 2010 compared with 2009 due to:

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Cost of acquisitions and investments, net of cash acquired
Capital expenditures primarily related to technology investments  
  and leasehold improvements
Additions to intangible assets including TSX Quantum Gateway (2009),  

 TMX Smart Order Router (2009), SOLA internal development costs (2010 and 2009), 
TSX Quantum Feeds (2010) and on-book non-displayed order types (2010)

Net (purchases) of marketable securities
Cash Flows from (used in) Investing Activities

2010
–

  $ 

2009
(37.9)

  $ 

Increase/ 
(decrease)  
in cash
37.9

  $ 

(12.8)

  $ 

(7.1)

  $ 

(5.7)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

(9.7)
(159.1)
(181.6)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

(13.2)
(7.1)
(65.3)

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

3.5
(152.0)
(116.3)

Summary of Cash Position and Other Matters18 

We had $330.4 million of cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities at December 31, 2010 and have a $50.0 million undrawn revolving 
credit facility which expires April 18, 2011. Based on our current business operations and model, we believe that we have sufficient cash resources 
to operate our business. During 2010, with revenues of $575.5 million, we incurred operating expenses of $286.5 million. We had $429.8 million 
of debt outstanding under the Term Loan, which is due April 18, 2011. Based on current levels of cash flow from operations, we believe that the 
Term Loan could be repaid with a combination of existing cash, future cash flow from operations and refinancing, as required. We expect that 
the Term Loan will be repaid or refinanced before the end of Q1/11.

In June 2010, we filed a short form base shelf prospectus with securities regulators in each of the provinces of Canada. This will enable us to offer 
and issue up to $1.0 billion of debt, equity or other securities over a 25-month period ending in July 2012. The net proceeds of any such offerings 
will be used for general corporate purposes, including repaying outstanding indebtedness from time to time, and funding future acquisitions or 
investments. We have no immediate intention to raise funds, other than potentially replacing, in whole or in part, the Term Loan.

Cash flows from operations were $280.2 million in 2010. We paid $114.3 million (38 cents per common share in each of the first three quarters, 
40 cents per common share in Q4/10) in dividends in 2010. 

18 

 The “Summary of Cash Position and Other Matters” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a 
discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  41

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   41

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In Q3/09, we announced phases 3 and 4 of our major expansion of our co-location services and facilities in response to significant international 
demand. The new facility has been designed to accommodate up to 200 co-location spaces, which will meet current and medium-term demand 
for the services. Capital expenditures of approximately $7.2 million associated with the third phase of the expansion project were incurred in 2010. 
We expect to incur approximately $2.3 million of additional capital expenditures associated with this phase. The new facility now provides space 
for 100 cabinets. In June 2010, we announced that construction of the new co-location facility was complete and on June 30, 2010, clients began 
installing their trading applications in the TMX data centre and receiving the benefits of direct high-speed access to the Toronto Stock Exchange, 
TSX Venture Exchange and MX trading engines and market data feeds. We began to realize incremental revenue in Q3/10. 

In keeping with our commitment to deliver state of the art levels of technology to our markets, we are continuing to invest in, and are implementing 
a multi-phased initiative to expand the infrastructure across our trading and data enterprise. In order to increase throughput capability, we are 
expanding  our  internal  networks,  storage  and  application  servers.  The  first  expansion  phase  was  completed  in  Q1/10.  The  second  phase  is  well 
underway.  We  are  incurring  annual  operating  expenses,  including  amortization,  of  approximately  $11.0  million  to  support  these  phases  of  this 
initiative. However, we estimate these costs will be largely offset by the decommissioning of legacy hardware. Information and trading systems 
costs  were  lower  in  2H/10  following  this  decommissioning  which  was  completed  by  the  end  of  June  2010.  The  expansion  of  the  trading  and 
data enterprise is designed to improve our overall market leading infrastructure to better serve our existing customers and to attract additional 
customers and order flow to our marketplaces. 

Future investment opportunities that may require debt financing could be limited by current and future economic conditions, the covenants on 
TMX Group’s existing credit facilities and by our financial viability ratios imposed by securities regulators.

The recognition order of TSX Inc. by the OSC contains certain financial viability tests that must be met. If TSX Inc. fails to meet any of these tests 
for a period of more than three months, TSX Inc. will not, without the prior approval of the Director of the OSC, pay dividends (among other things) 
until the deficiencies  have been  eliminated  for  at  least  six months or a shorter period of time as agreed by OSC staff. TSX Venture Exchange is 
required by various provincial securities commissions to maintain adequate financial resources for the performance of its functions in a manner 
that is consistent with the public interest and the terms of its recognition orders. Under its recognition order, MX is also subject to certain financial 
viability tests set by the Autorité des marchés financiers (AMF) that must be met. If MX fails to meet any of these tests for a period of more than 
three months, MX will not, without the prior approval of the AMF, pay dividends (among other things) until the deficiencies have been eliminated 
for  at  least  six  months.  NGX  is  required  by  the  Alberta  Securities  Commission  to  maintain  adequate  financial  resources  to  operate  its  trading 
system and support its trade execution functions (see Managing Capital for more information on the financial resources requirements imposed by 
securities regulators). 

As at December 31, 2010, we met all of the above requirements.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans19

Based  on  the  most  recent  actuarial  valuation  for  funding  purposes  as  at  December  31,  2009,  we  estimate  a  funding  deficit  of  approximately 
$5.0 million on a solvency basis, of which $4.9 million was funded in 2010 and reflected as an increase in Other assets.

Managing Capital

Our primary objectives in managing capital, which we define to include our share capital and various credit facilities, include:

•	 Maintaining sufficient capital for operations to ensure market confidence. Currently, we target to retain a minimum of $100.0 million in 
cash and marketable securities. This amount is subject to change. We do this by managing our capital subject to capital maintenance 
requirements imposed on our subsidiaries:

•	

In respect of TSX Inc., as required by the OSC to maintain certain regulatory ratios as defined in the OSC recognition order, as follows: 

 §

 §

 §

a current ratio not less than 1.1:1; 

a debt to cash flow ratio not greater than 4:1; and 

a financial leverage ratio consisting of adjusted total assets to adjusted shareholders’ equity not greater than 4:1.

We have complied with these externally imposed capital requirements.

•	

In respect of TSX Venture Exchange Inc., as required by various provincial securities commissions to maintain adequate financial resources. 

We have complied with these externally imposed capital requirements. 

•	

In respect of NGX, to: 

 § maintain adequate financial resources, as required by the ASC; and

19 

 The “Defined Benefit Pension Plans” section above contains certain forward-looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a discussion of risks 
and uncertainties related to such statements.

42  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   42

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 § maintain a current ratio of no less than 1:1 and a tangible net worth of not less than $9.0 million, as required by a major Canadian 

chartered bank. 

We have complied with these externally imposed capital requirements.

•	

In respect of Shorcan, by IIROC which requires Shorcan to maintain a minimum level of shareholder’s equity of $0.5 million. 

We have complied with this externally imposed capital requirement.

•	

In respect of MX, as required by the AMF to maintain certain regulatory ratios as defined in the AMF recognition order, as follows: 

 §

 §

 §

a working capital ratio of not less than 1.5:1; 

a cash flow to total debt ratio of more than 20%; and 

a financial leverage ratio consisting of total assets to shareholders’ equity of less than 4:1. 

We have complied with these externally imposed capital requirements.

•	 Maintaining sufficient capital to meet the covenants imposed in connection with our long-term debt (see Term Loan).

We have complied with these externally imposed capital requirements.

•	 Retaining sufficient capital to invest in, and continue to grow, our business both organically and through acquisitions.

•	

Increasing total returns to shareholders through methods such as dividends and purchasing shares for cancellation pursuant to normal 
course issuer bids. 

Our objectives, policies and processes for managing capital have not changed in the current economic environment.

Financial Instruments

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities 

Our  financial  instruments  include  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  investments  in  marketable  securities  which  are  held  to  earn  investment  income. 
These instruments include units in a money market fund and a short-term bond and mortgage fund, managed by an external advisor. The primary 
risks related to these marketable securities are variation in interest rates and credit risk. For a description of these risks, please refer to Credit Risk – 
Marketable Securities and Interest Rate Risk – Marketable Securities.

These investments are recorded at fair value, which in the case of money market funds, bonds and bond funds are determined based on quoted 
market prices. Unrealized losses of $0.6 million were recorded in investment income in 2010, compared with unrealized losses of $0.2 million in 2009.

Accounts Receivable

Our financial instruments include accounts receivable, which represents amounts that our customers owe us. The fair value is based on the actual 
amounts owed by the customers, net of a provision for that portion which may not be collectible. The primary risk related to accounts receivable is 
credit risk. For a description of these risks, please refer to Credit Risk – Accounts Receivable.

CDCC – Daily Settlements and Cash Deposits

As part of CDCC’s clearing operations, amounts due from and to clearing members as a result of marking to market open futures positions and 
settling options transactions each day are required to be collected from or paid to clearing members prior to the commencement of trading the 
next day. The amounts due from and due to clearing members are recognized in the consolidated assets and liabilities as daily settlements and cash 
deposits. There is no impact on the consolidated statements of income. The primary risks associated with these financial instruments are credit risk 
and market risk. For a description of these risks, please refer to Credit Risk – CDCC and Other Market Price Risk – CDCC.

Term Loan 

We established the Term Loan in connection with the combination with MX. We entered into a series of interest rate swaps to partially manage our 
exposure to interest rate fluctuations on the Term Loan (see Credit Facilities and Guarantee – Term Loan). The Term Loan is subject to interest rate 
risk. For a description of this risk, please refer to Interest Rate Risk – Term Loan.

Total Return Swaps

We have entered into a series of total return swaps (TRSs) which synthetically replicate the economics of TSX Inc. purchasing our shares as a fair 
value  hedge  to  the  share  appreciation  rights  of  deferred  share  units  (DSUs)  and  non-performance  based  restricted  share  units  (RSUs)  that  are 
awarded to our directors and employees. We mark to market the fair value of the TRSs as an adjustment to income, and simultaneously mark to 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  43

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   43

29/03/11   3:55 PM

market the liability to holders of the share units as an adjustment to income. These TRSs are subject to credit risk and market risk. For a description 
of these risks, please refer to Credit Risk – Total Return and Interest Rate Swaps and Market Risk – Total Return Swaps. The fair value of the TRSs is 
based upon the excess or deficit of the volume weighted average price of our shares for the last five trading days of the reporting period compared 
with our share price at the date of entering into the TRSs. The fair value of the TRSs and the obligation to unit holders are reflected on the balance 
sheet. The contracts are settled in cash upon maturity. 

The fair values of the TRSs were an asset of $4.5 million at December 31, 2010 and a liability of $0.5 million at December 31, 2009. During 2010, 
unrealized gains of $5.0 million were reflected as a decrease in compensation and benefits costs. During 2009, unrealized gains of $5.3 million were 
reflected as a decrease in compensation and benefits costs.

NGX – Energy Contracts 

As part of its clearing operations, NGX becomes the central counterparty to each transaction (whether it relates to natural gas, electricity or crude 
oil contracts) cleared through its clearing operations. We record NGX’s energy contract receivables and offsetting payables for all contracts where 
physical delivery has occurred or financial settlement amounts have been determined prior to the period end but payments have not been made. 
There is no impact on the consolidated statements of income. 

The fair value at the balance sheet date of the undelivered physically settled trading contracts and the forward financially settled trading contracts 
is recognized in the consolidated assets and liabilities as open energy contracts. There is no impact on the consolidated statement of income. 

The primary risks related to these financial instruments are credit risk and market risk. For a description of these risks, please refer to Credit Risk – 
NGX and Other Market Price Risk – NGX.

Interest Rate Swaps 

We have entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements to partially manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations on the Term Loan, 
effective August 28,  2008 (see  Term Loan). Interest rate swaps are subject to credit risk. For a description of this risk, please refer to “Credit 
Risk – Total Return and Interest Rate Swaps”. We mark to market the fair value of the remaining interest rate swap, which is determined by 
using observable market information. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the remaining interest rate swap was a liability of $0.7 million. 
During 2010, unrealized gains of $5.0 million and realized losses of $5.2 million have been reflected in the income statement in net mark to 
market on interest rate swaps, compared with unrealized gains of $6.8 million and realized losses of $8.2 million in 2009. 

Risks Associated with Financial Instruments

Credit Risk

Credit  risk  is  the  risk  of  financial  loss  associated  with  a  counterparty’s  failure  to  fulfill  its  financial  obligations  and  arises  principally  from 
investments in marketable securities, total return swaps, interest rate swaps, accounts receivable and the clearing and/or brokerage operations of 
Shorcan, Shorcan Energy, NGX and CDCC.

Credit Risk – Marketable Securities

TMX Group manages exposure to credit risk arising from investments in marketable securities by holding investment funds that actively manage 
credit risk. Our investment policy will only allow excess cash to be invested within a specific money market fund and a specific short term bond and 
mortgage fund. The money market fund manages credit risk by limiting its investments to government or government-guaranteed treasury bills, 
and high-grade corporate notes. The short term bond and mortgage fund manages credit risk by limiting its investments to high-quality Canadian 
corporate bonds, government bonds and up to 40% of the fund’s net assets in conventional first mortgages and mortgages guaranteed under the 
National	Housing	Act (Canada). Corporate bonds held must have a minimum credit rating of BBB by DBRS Limited. Mortgages may not comprise 
more  than  40%  of  the  portfolio  and  must  be  either  multi-residential  conventional  first  mortgages  or  multi-residential  government  guaranteed 
mortgages. TMX Group does not have any investments in non-bank, asset-backed commercial paper. 

At December 31, 2010, the investment portfolio was comprised of 43% in short-term bond and mortgage funds and 57% in money market funds.

Credit Risk – Total Return and Interest Rate Swaps

We  have  entered  into  TRS  which  synthetically  replicate  the  economics  of  TSX  Inc.  purchasing  our  shares  as  a  partial  economic  hedge  to  the 
share appreciation rights of DSUs and RSUs that are awarded to our directors and employees. The contracts are settled in cash upon maturity. 
The  obligation  to  unit  holders  is  reflected  on  the  balance  sheet.  In  addition,  we  entered  into  interest  rate  swaps,  which  took  effect  on 
August 28, 2008, in order to partially manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our Term Loan (see Term Loan). To manage credit risk, 
we entered into these TRS and interest rate swaps with major Canadian chartered banks. 

44  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   44

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Credit Risk – Clearing and / or Brokerage Operations 

We  are  exposed  to  credit  risk  in  the  event  that  customers,  in  the  case  of  Shorcan  and  Shorcan  Energy,  contracting  parties,  in  the  case  of  NGX, 
or clearing members, in the case of CDCC, fail to settle on the contracted settlement date.

Credit Risk – Shorcan and Shorcan Energy

Shorcan and Shorcan Energy’s risk is limited by its status as an agent, in that it does not purchase or sell securities for its own account. As agent, 
in the event of a failed trade, Shorcan or Shorcan Energy has the right to withdraw its normal policy of anonymity and advise the two counterparties 
to settle directly.

Credit Risk – NGX

NGX requires each contracting party to provide sufficient collateral, in the form of cash or letters of credit, to exceed its outstanding credit exposure 
as determined by NGX in accordance with its margining methodology. The cash collateral deposits and letters of credit are held by a major Canadian 
chartered bank. This collateral may be accessed by NGX in the event of default by a contracting party. NGX measures total potential exposure for 
both credit and market risk for each contracting party on a real-time basis as the aggregate of:

•	 outstanding energy contracts receivable;

•	 “Variation Margin”, comprised of the aggregate “mark to market” exposure for all forward purchase and sale contracts with an adverse 

value from the perspective of the customer; and

•	 “Initial Margin”, an amount that estimates the worst expected loss that a contract might incur under normal market conditions during a 

liquidation period.

As  a  result  of  these  calculations  of  contracting  party  exposure,  at  December  31,  2010,  NGX  held  cash  collateral  deposits  of  $835.7  million 
and letters of credit of $1,941.4 million, compared with cash collateral deposits of $1,040.3 million and letters of credit of $1,963.7 million at 
December 31,  2009. These amounts are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.

NGX also maintains an unsecured clearing backstop fund of U.S. $100.0 million. TMX Group is the unsecured guarantor of this fund. This facility has 
not been drawn upon at December 31, 2010.

Credit Risk – CDCC

CDCC is exposed to the risk of default of its clearing members. CDCC is the central counterparty and guarantor of all transactions carried out on 
MX’s markets and on the OTC market when the transaction is cleared through CDCC. It primarily supports the risk of one or more counterparties, 
meeting strict financial and regulatory criteria, defaulting on their obligations, in which case the obligations of that counterparty would become 
the responsibility of CDCC. This risk is greater if market conditions are unfavourable at the time of the default. 

CDCC’s  principal  risk  management  practice  is  the  collection  of  risk-based  margin  deposits  in  the  form  of  cash,  equities  and  liquid  government 
securities.  Should  a  clearing  member  fail  to  meet  a  daily  margin  call  or  otherwise  not  honour  its  obligations  under  open  futures  and  options 
contracts, margin deposits would be available to apply against the costs incurred to liquidate the clearing member’s positions. 

CDCC’s margining system is complemented by a Daily Capital Margin Monitoring (DCMM) process that permits it to evaluate the ability of a clearing 
member to meet its margining requirements. On a daily basis, CDCC monitors the margin requirement of a clearing member as a percentage of its 
capital (net allowable assets). CDCC will make additional margin calls when the ratio of margin requirement/net allowable assets exceeds 100%. 
The additional margin is equal to the excess of the ratio over 100%. 

CDCC also maintains a clearing fund through deposits of cash and highly liquid securities from all clearing members. The aggregate level of clearing 
funds required from all clearing members must cover the worst loss that CDCC could face if one counterparty is failing under various extreme but 
plausible  market  conditions.  Each  clearing  member  contributes  to  the  clearing  fund  in  proportion  to  its  margin  requirements.  If,  by  a  clearing 
member’s  default,  further  funding  is  necessary  to  complete  a  liquidation,  CDCC  has  the  right  to  require  other  clearing  members  to  contribute 
additional amounts equal to their previous contribution to the clearing fund.

CDCC’s margin collateral deposits and clearing fund deposits are held by approved depositories under irrevocable agreements. This collateral 
may  be  accessed  by  CDCC  in  the  event  of  default  by  a  clearing  member.  As  a  result  of  these  calculations  of  clearing  member  exposure  at 
December  31,  2010,  CDCC  held  margin  collateral  deposits  of  $2,911.2  million  and  clearing  fund  deposits  of  $264.1  million,  compared  with 
$3,101.8 and $205.1 respectively at December 31, 2009, primarily in collateral securities. These amounts are not included in our consolidated 
balance sheets.

CDCC maintains $50.0 million in revolving standby credit facilities in the event of default by a clearing member. This facility has not been drawn 
upon at December 31, 2010.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   45

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  45

Credit Risk – Accounts Receivable

Our exposure to credit risk resulting from uncollectable accounts is influenced by the individual characteristics of our customers, many of whom 
are banks and financial institutions. There is no concentration of credit risk arising from accounts receivable from a single customer. In addition, 
customers that fail to maintain their account in good standing risk loss of listing, trading or data access privileges.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market price, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices will affect our 
income or the value of our holdings of financial instruments.

Market Risk – Total Return Swaps (TRS)

We are exposed to market risk when we grant DSUs and RSUs to our directors and employees. We utilize total return swaps to partially hedge this 
exposure. The fair value of the TRS is based upon the excess or deficit of the volume weighted average price of our shares for the last five trading 
days of the reporting period compared with our share price at the date of entering into the total return swaps. The change in the fair value of the 
total return swaps is generally offset by the change in the obligation to DSU and RSU holders. As at December 31, 2010, a 25% increase in the share 
price of the Company would result in a net $2.8 million decrease in net income. A 25% decrease in the share price of the Company would result in a 
net $3.7 million increase in net income.

Interest Rate Risk – Marketable Securities

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our marketable securities. We have engaged external investment fund managers to manage the asset mix 
and the risks associated with these investments. At December 31, 2010, we held $261.6 million in these funds, compared with $103.2 million at 
December 31, 2009. The approximate impact of a 1% rise in interest rates is a decrease of $2.8 million on the carrying value of these investments 
and the approximate impact of a 1% fall in interest rates is an increase of $2.8 million on the carrying value of these investments. 

Interest Rate Risk – Term Loan and Interest Rates Swaps

We are exposed to interest rate risk on our Term Loan. The approximate impact on net income of a 1% rise and a 1% fall in interest rates with 
respect to this facility is a decrease of $1.3 million and an increase of $1.3 million respectively. 

In order to partially manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, we entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements that took effect 
on August 28, 2008, which fixed the interest rate relating to $300.0 million of the principal amount. On August 31, 2009, swap agreements with a 
notional value of $100.0 million, representing one third of the total notional value of the swaps, matured. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of 
the remaining interest rate swaps was a liability of $0.7 million. The approximate impact of a 1% rise in interest rates is a $0.3 million decrease in 
the liability and the approximate impact of a 1% fall in interest rates on the fair value of the swaps is a $0.3 million increase in the liability. 

Foreign Currency Risk 

(See Risks and Uncertainties – Currency Risk)

Other Market Price Risk – NGX, Shorcan, Shorcan Energy and CDCC

We are exposed to other market price risk from the activities of Shorcan, Shorcan Energy, NGX and CDCC if a customer, contracting party or clearing 
member, as the case may be, fails to take or deliver either securities, energy products or derivatives products on the contracted settlement date 
where the contracted price is less favourable than the current market price. 

Shorcan and Shorcan Energy’s risk is limited by their status as agents, in that they do not purchase or sell securities or commodities for their own 
account, the short period of time between trade date and settlement date and the defaulting customer’s liability for any difference between the 
amounts received upon sale and the amount paid to acquire the securities or commodities. 

Both NGX’s and CDCC’s measure of total potential exposure, as described previously, includes measures of market risk which are factored into the 
collateral required from each contracting party or clearing member.

We are also exposed to other market price risk on a portion of our sustaining listing fee revenue, which is based on the quoted market values of 
listed issuers as at December 31 of the previous year.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not be able to meet our financial obligations as they become due. 

We manage liquidity risk through the management of our Cash and Marketable securities, all of which are held in short term instruments, the 
management of our revolving and non revolving credit facilities (see Term Loan) and capital (see Managing Capital).

46  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   46

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Total
7,413 
70,328 
431,984
509,725 

Less than 1 year
3,516 
14,927 
 430,134
448,577 

1–3 years
3,897 
20,712
– 
24,609 

4–5 years
–
15,131 
– 
15,131 

5+ years
– 
19,558
1,850 
21,408 

Contractual Obligations 

(in	thousands	of	dollars)	

Capital Leases
Operating Leases
Other Obligations

Selected Annual Information

(in	thousands	of	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)	

Revenue
Net income 
Adjusted net income*
Total assets
Long-term liabilities****
Earnings per share: 
  Basic
  Diluted
Adjusted earnings per share*: 
  Basic
  Diluted
Cash dividends declared per common share

2010
575,463
196,535
198,197
3,281,919
721,986

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2009
560,132
104,701
192,312
3,524,475
1,113,433

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2008
532,614
181,952
197,104
3,688,645
1,090,423

2.64
2.64

  $ 
  $ 

2.66
2.66
1.54

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

1.41
1.41

  $ 
  $ 

2.59
2.59
1.52

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

2.48
2.47

2.69
2.68
1.52

2008
182.0
–
–
15.2
–
197.2

Net Income GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for 2010, 2009 and 2008

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Net Income
Adjustment related to non-cash impairment of goodwill pertaining to investment in BOX
Adjustment related to a reduction in the value of future tax assets and liabilities
Adjustment related to loss on termination of joint venture
Adjustment related to a write-down of our 19.9% interest in EDX to its estimated fair value
Adjusted net income

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2010
196.5
–
–
–
1.7
198.2

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2009
104.7
77.3
10.4
–
–
192.4

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Earnings per Share GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation for 2010, 2009 and 2008

Earnings per share
Adjustment related to non-cash impairment of  
  goodwill pertaining to BOX
Adjustment related to a reduction in the value  
  of future tax assets and liabilities
Adjustment related to loss on termination  
  of joint venture
Adjustment related to a write-down of our 19.9% 

interest in EDX to its estimated fair value

Adjusted earnings per share

2010

2009

2008

Basic
2.64

Diluted
2.64

  $ 

  $ 

Basic
1.41

Diluted
1.41

  $ 

  $ 

Basic
2.48

Diluted
2.47

  $ 

  $ 

–

–

–

–

–

–

  $ 

1.04

  $ 

1.04

  $ 

0.14

  $ 

0.14

  $ 
  $ 

0.02
2.66

  $ 
  $ 

0.02
2.66

  $ 

–

–
2.59

  $ 

–

–
2.59

  $ 

–

–

0.21

–
2.69

  $ 

–

–

0.21

–
2.68

* 

See discussion under the heading Non-GAAP Financial Measures. 

**** Includes deferred revenue.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  47

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   47

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue, Net Income and Earnings per Share 

2010

2009

•	

(See Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2009)

•	 Net  income  was  $104.7  million  or  $1.41  per  common  share  for  2009  on  a  basic  and  diluted  basis,  compared  with  net  income  of 
$182.0 million or $2.48 per common share ($2.47 on a diluted basis) for 2008, representing a decrease in net income of 42%. Net income 
for 2009 was reduced by a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $77.3 million, or $1.04 per common share, on a basic and diluted basis 
related to BOX. Net income for 2009 was also reduced by a write-down in the value of future tax assets and liabilities which related to a 
reduction in Ontario corporate income tax rates. The tax adjustment also had no impact on cash flows and resulted in a reduction in net 
income for 2009 of $10.4 million, or 14 cents per common share on both a basic and diluted basis. In 2008, net income was reduced by 
$15.2 million, or 21 cents per common share on a basic and diluted basis due to a payment to ISE Ventures with respect to the termination 
of our derivatives joint venture. 

•	 Adjusted net income* for 2009 of $192.4 million, or adjusted EPS* of $2.59 per common share on a basic and diluted basis, was lower than 
adjusted net income* of $197.2 million, or adjusted EPS* of $2.69 per common share ($2.68 on a diluted basis) for 2008, due to lower cash 
markets  equity  trading  revenue,  lower  issuer  services  revenue,  increased  expenses,  partially  related  to  new  technology  initiatives,  and 
lower investment income. The decreases were partially offset by higher energy trading, cash markets fixed income trading and information 
services revenue and higher technology services revenue which included the license fee of $13.5 million (or 14 cents per common share 
on a basic an diluted basis) from the LSE. In addition, our 2009 financial statements reflect a full year of MX results compared with eight 
months of results in 2008. BOX’s results were consolidated in our 2009 financial statements (with an adjustment made for non-controlling 
interests) and were only consolidated in our 2008 financial statements from August 29, 2008. From May 1, 2008, to August 28, 2008, 31.4% 
of earnings from BOX were included as Income from investments in affiliates.20

Total Assets 

2010

2009

•	

(See Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2009)

•	 Total	assets decreased due to lower energy contracts receivable of $714.5 million at December 31, 2009 related to the clearing operations 
of NGX, compared with $976.4 million at the end of 2008. The lower level of receivables reflected lower natural gas prices at the end of 
December 2009 compared with the end of December 2008. Total assets also decreased due to the reduction in goodwill related to the non-
cash impairment charge of $77.3 million related to BOX. The overall decrease was partially offset by higher MX daily settlements and cash 
deposits of $565.4 million as at December 31, 2009 related to MX’s clearing operations, compared with $497.3 million at the end of 2008. 
The decrease was also partially offset by an increase in current assets related to the fair value of open energy contracts ($202.8 million as 
at December 31, 2009, compared with $155.3 million at December 31, 2008). In addition, the overall decrease in Total	assets was partially 
offset due to recording $49.6 million in intangible assets and $30.6 million in goodwill related to the purchase of NTP on May 1, 2009, less 
cash paid of $24.2 million for the acquisition. 

Long-term Liabilities

2010

2009

•	 Long-term  liabilities  decreased  in  2010  over  2009  primarily  due  to  a  reclassification  of  the  Term  Loan  of  $429. 8  million  (as  of 

December 31, 2010), as short-term debt rather than long-term debt. 

•	 Long-term liabilities increased in 2009 over 2008 primarily due to an increase in deferred revenue and obligations under capital leases, 

somewhat offset by a reduction in the fair value of interest rate swaps.

*  

See discussion under the heading Non-GAAP Financial Measures. 

20  Based on MX’s ownership interest in BOX, prior to acquisition of control.

48  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   48

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Quarterly Information 

(in	thousands	of	dollars	except	per	share	amounts)

Revenue

Dec. 31/10
  $  151,493

Sept. 30/10
  $  141,590

June 30/10
  $  142,674

Mar. 31/10
  $  139,706

Dec. 31/09
  $  153,555+

Sept. 30/09
  $  131,627+

June 30/09
  $ 138,132+

Mar. 31/09
  $ 136,818+

Net Income/(loss)

49,057

50,798

47,598

49,082

(26,837)

41,749

46,871

42,918

Earnings per share:
  Basic
  Diluted

2010

0.66
0.66

0.68
0.68

0.64
0.64

0.66
0.66

(0.36)
(0.36)

0.56
0.56

0.63
0.63

0.58
0.58

•	 Revenue  in  Q1/10  decreased  over  revenue  in  Q4/09  primarily  due  to  the  higher  technology  services  revenue  in  Q4/09  from  the  one-
time license fee of $13.5 million from the LSE, as well as lower revenue from cash markets equity trading and energy trading. This was 
somewhat offset by increased revenue from issuer services, cash markets fixed income trading and information services. Net income for 
Q1/10 increased over the net loss reported in Q4/09 largely as a result of the non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $77.3 million related 
to BOX and the write-down in the value of future tax assets and liabilities of $10.4 million. 

•	 Revenue in Q2/10 increased over revenue in Q1/10 due to higher revenue from information services, issuer services, energy trading and 
Canadian derivatives trading, somewhat offset by lower revenue from cash equities trading and U.S. derivatives trading. Net income for 
Q2/10 decreased over net income in Q1/10 largely due to higher expenses as we continue to invest in technology initiatives, corporate 
development and marketing. The increased expenses were partially offset by the higher revenue.

•	 Revenue in Q3/10 decreased over revenue in Q2/10 primarily due to lower cash markets trading revenue and technology services revenue, 
partially  offset  by  higher  energy  trading  revenue.  Net  income  for  Q3/10  increased  over  Q2/10  due  to  lower  expenses  related  to  our 
technology initiatives and lower general and administration costs.

•	 Revenue in Q4/10 increased over revenue in Q3/10 primarily due to significantly higher cash markets trading revenue as well as higher 
derivatives trading and clearing revenue, partially offset by lower technology services revenue. Net income was slightly lower in Q4/10 
compared  with  Q3/10.  The  increase  in  revenue  was  largely  offset  by  higher  compensation  and  benefits  costs,  information  and  trading 
systems costs and general and administration costs and lower investment income. In addition, there was a write-down to estimated fair 
value of $1.7 million on our 19.9% interest in EDX in Q4/10.

2009

•	 Revenue in Q1/09 decreased over revenue in Q4/08 primarily due to lower cash equity trading and issuer services revenue. Net income for 

Q1/09 decreased over Q4/08 primarily due to the reduced revenue and an increase in compensation and benefits expenses. 

•	 Revenue in Q2/09 increased over revenue in Q1/09 largely due to higher revenue from TSX Venture Exchange cash equities trading and 
energy  trading,  including  revenue  from  NTP,  effective  May  1,  2009.  Net  income  for  Q2/09  increased  over  Q1/09  primarily  due  to  the 
increased revenue and a decrease in compensation and benefits expenses.

•	 Revenue in Q3/09 decreased over revenue from Q2/09 largely due to lower revenue from Toronto Stock Exchange cash equities trading and 
information services. Net income for Q3/09 decreased over Q2/09 primarily due to the decreased revenue and an increase in compensation 
and benefits costs, information and trading systems expenses as well as amortization.

•	 Revenue in Q4/09 increased over revenue from Q3/09 primarily due to increased technology services revenue, which included a one-time 
license fee of $13.5 million from the LSE, as well as higher revenue from issuer services, cash markets trading and information services. 
This was partially offset by lower revenue from derivatives and energy trading. There was a net loss in Q4/09 largely due to the non-cash 
goodwill impairment charge of $77.3 million related to BOX and an increase in income taxes due to a write-down in the value of future tax 
assets and liabilities of $10.4 million, partially offset by the increased revenue and lower overall expenses compared with Q3/09.

+ 

 For 2010, provisions for doubtful accounts receivable are included in General and Administration expense whereas in 2009 and 2008, these provisions were reflected as a reduction in 
various sources of revenue. The comparative figures for both revenue and expenses in 2009 and 2008 have been reclassified to conform with the financial presentation adopted in 2010.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  49

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   49

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
Review of Fourth Quarter Results

Compared with Q4/09

•	 Revenue  in  Q4/10  decreased  over  revenue  from  Q4/09  primarily  due  to  reduced  technology  services  revenue.  In  Q4/09,  we  recognized 
a  one-time  license  fee  of  $13.5  million  from  the  LSE.  In  addition,  revenue  from  cash  markets  equity  trading  was  lower  in  Q4/10  when 
compared with Q4/09. This decrease was partially offset by higher revenue from issuer services, information services, cash markets fixed 
income trading, derivatives and energy markets trading and clearing. There was a net loss in Q4/09 largely due to the non-cash goodwill 
impairment charge of $77.3 million related to BOX and an increase in income taxes due to a write-down in the value of future tax assets 
and liabilities of $10.4 million.

•	

Issuer  services  revenue  was  higher  partially  as  a  result  of  an  increase  in  sustaining  listing  fees  due  to  the  overall  higher  market 
capitalization of listed issuers at the end of 2009 compared with the end of 2008.

•	 The  increase  in  energy  trading  revenue  was  due  to  increased  volumes  traded  or  cleared  on  NGX  over  Q4/08,  pricing  changes  and  the 

inclusion of revenue from crude oil trading following the acquisition of NTP on May 1, 2009. 

•	 There was a decrease in cash markets equities trading revenue due to the impact of changes to our equity trading fee schedule in 2010, 

partially offset by an increase in the volume of securities traded on Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange in Q4/09. 

•	 There was an increase in Shorcan cash markets fixed income trading revenue primarily due to a more favourable product mix in Q4/10 

compared with Q4/09. 

•	 Derivatives markets revenue from MX increased primarily due to higher volumes of contracts traded. 

•	 Derivatives markets revenue from BOX also increased primarily due to higher volumes of contracts traded in Q4/10 compared with Q4/09. 

•	

Information services revenue increased due to higher revenue from co-location services, fixed income indices and index data licensing and 
an increase in subscriptions.

•	 Operating expenses increased in Q4/10 over Q4/09 primarily due to higher compensation and benefits and general and administration 

costs, somewhat offset by lower amortization costs.

•	 Cash flows from operating activities in Q4/10 of $76.5 million increased by $20.0 million compared with $56.5 million in Q4/09 largely due 
to an increase in deferred revenue. Cash flows used in financing activities in Q4/10 of $29.6 million decreased by $1.2 million compared 
with $30.8 million in Q4/09. Cash flows used in investing activities in Q4/10 of $29.8 million increased by $5.0 million compared with 
$24.8 million of cash flows from investing activities in Q4/09, primarily due to increased purchases of marketable securities.

Compared with Q3/10

•	 Revenue  in  Q4/10  increased  over  revenue  in  Q3/10  primarily  due  to  significantly  higher  equities  trading  revenue  as  well  as  higher 
derivatives and energy trading and clearing revenue, partially offset by lower technology services revenue. Net income was slightly lower 
in Q4/10 compared with Q3/10. The increase in revenue was largely offset by higher operating expenses and lower investment income. 
In addition, there was a write-down to estimated fair value of $1.7 million on our 19.9% interest in EDX in Q4/10.

•	 Cash flows from operating activities in Q4/10 of $76.5 million increased by $18.2 million compared with $58.3 million in Q3/10 largely due 
to an increase in deferred revenue. Cash flows used in financing activities in Q4/10 of $29.6 million increased by $0.3 million compared 
with  $29.3  million  in  Q3/10  primarily  due  to  increased  dividends.  Cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  in  Q4/10  of  $29.8  million 
decreased by $2.0 million compared with $31.8 million in Q3/10, primarily due to decreased purchases of marketable securities.

Accounting and Control Matters 

Critical Accounting Estimates 

Revenue from Initial and Additional listing fees

In the Cash Markets segment, we recognize revenue generated from initial and additional listing fees on a straight line basis over an estimated 
service  period  of  ten  years.  The  estimated  service  period  of  ten  years  was  determined  by  conducting  an  historical  review  of  listing  activity. 
We determined that the average period of time that an issuer remained listed on Toronto Stock Exchange was approximately ten years. In addition, 
turnover rates were calculated for a Toronto Stock Exchange listed issuer and for a TSX Venture Exchange listed issuer and were determined to be in 
the range of ten to twelve years. Examining historical data allowed us to consider the impact of economic cycles and other trends in capital markets 
over time which impact the life of an issuer. The service period selected affects the rate at which deferred revenue is recognized, as well as the value 
of future tax assets related to these fees. With the adoption of IFRS effective January 1, 2011, we will recognize revenue from initial and additional 
listing fees in the period when the listings occur. (See Future Changes in Accounting Policies – Transition to IFRS.) 

50  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   50

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Long-term Incentive Plan

We have a long-term incentive plan under which we may grant RSUs. RSUs vest on December 31 of the second calendar year following the year 
in  which  the  RSUs  were  granted  and  the  cash  award  payable  is  determined  by  the  total  shareholder  return  (appreciation  in  share  price  plus 
dividends paid or TSR) at the end of that period. In each of our business segments, we accrue our obligations and include them in accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities and other liabilities. The maximum amount to be paid is not known until the RSUs have vested and will be based 
on TSR at the time of payout. The amount to be paid is uncertain because it is largely dependent on the future share price and dividend rate, 
which can fluctuate over time. Our estimate of TSR affects the amount of compensation and benefits expense recognized during the period. 
Our accrual is based on actual dividends paid, continuation of the most recent quarterly dividend and the closing share price of our common 
shares for the period. Having monitored fluctuations in our share price, we concluded that accruing our obligations in this manner provided a 
better estimate of the payout compared with an estimate based on a target. We have purchased derivative financial instruments that partially 
hedge the impact of our share price appreciation. 

Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill21 

We account for our business acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. In each of our business segments, we allocate the total cost 
of an acquisition to the underlying net assets based on their respective estimated fair values. As part of this allocation process, we must identify 
and attribute values and estimated lives to the intangible assets acquired. These determinations involve significant estimates and assumptions, 
including those with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates and asset lives, and therefore require considerable judgment. These 
determinations, if any, will affect the amount of amortization and impairment charges recorded in future periods.

As  the  valuation  of  identifiable  intangible  assets  and  goodwill  requires  significant  estimates  and  judgment  about  future  performance  and  fair 
values, our future results could be affected if our current estimates of future performance and fair values change. We review the carrying values 
of identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill at least annually to assess impairment because these assets are not amortized. 
Additionally, we review the carrying value of any intangible asset or goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. Examples of such events or changes in circumstances include significant negative exchange industry or economic 
trends, a significant decrease in the market value of the asset, or a significant change in regulatory or competitive factors or in the business climate 
that could affect the value of the asset.

We test for impairment as follows: 

Goodwill 

We test goodwill for impairment on a “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is a business for which: (a) discrete financial information is available; 
and (b) segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that business. 

We test goodwill for impairment using the following two-step approach:

•	

•	

In the first step, we determine the fair value of each reporting unit. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, this is 
an indicator that the goodwill assigned to that reporting unit might be impaired, which requires performance of the second step.

In the second step, we allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had just been 
acquired in a business combination, and as if the purchase price was equivalent to the fair value of the reporting unit. The excess of the 
fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. 
We then compare that implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. If the implied fair value is 
less than the carrying value, we recognize an impairment loss for that excess on the income statement.

In the first step of the test, the fair values of our reporting units were determined using the income approach and confirmed by benchmarking 
against market comparatives. Under the income approach, we estimated fair values for each reporting unit based on the present value of expected 
future cash flows and a terminal value. Using a discounted cash flow (DCF) approach, we estimate the discounted future cash flows for five to eight 
years, depending on the reporting unit, along with a terminal value. The expected cash flows are derived from our internal plans and adjusted for 
the probability of various scenarios that considered the market environment in which the reporting unit operates and general economic conditions. 
The  terminal  values  incorporated  a  perpetual  growth  rate  that  varied  by  reporting  unit  based  upon  markets,  trends  and  growth  prospects. 
The discount rates used for each reporting unit were based upon our weighted average cost of capital and certain risk premiums. We performed our 
annual goodwill impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2010 and determined that the fair values of each of our reporting units exceeded 
their carrying values. Therefore, the second step of the impairment test was not required. There was no write-down of goodwill for the year ended 
December 31, 2010.

21 

 The “Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill” section above contains certain forward looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information” for a 
discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  51

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   51

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Identifiable Intangible Assets with Definite Life

We compare the expected undiscounted future operating cash flows associated with the asset to its carrying value to determine if the asset is 
recoverable. If the expected future operating cash flows are not sufficient to recover the carrying value, we estimate the fair value of the asset. 
Impairment is recognized when the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable and when the carrying value exceeds fair value.

Identifiable Intangible Assets with Indefinite Life

Identifiable  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  include  those  related  to  derivative  products,  trade  names,  regulatory  designation,  crude 
oil products, electricity products and index licenses. We determine the fair values of our intangible assets with indefinite lives using an income 
approach based on a DCF model. Impairment is recognized when the carrying amount exceeds fair value.

We assessed the possible impairment of our identifiable intangible assets by comparing their carrying values to fair values. The determination of 
fair value involves significant management judgment. Our most significant acquisitions include MX and BOX, both of which operate derivatives 
markets,  and  a  derivatives  clearing  house  in  the  case  of  MX,  as  well  as  NTP,  which  trades  and  clears  crude  oil  using  NGX’s  trading  system  and 
clearing facility. 

BOX

In addition to the existing competition, there have been new entrants into the U.S. options market offering various incentives to attract liquidity 
to their marketplaces. The various pricing, technology and ownership models have affected BOX’s ability to maintain market share and the growth 
rates that it had previously been achieving. The effect of this increased competitive environment, as reflected in an increased discount rate, and 
the reduction of the growth rates from historical levels, were the prime factors that resulted in an impairment of goodwill in 2009. The value of the 
goodwill and intangibles prior to impairment was approximately $119.0 million. The estimate of the impairment ranged from $0 to approximately 
$119.0  million  and  a  goodwill  write  down  of  $77.3  million  was  recorded  in  2009  based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  of  BOX  (see  Impairment  of 
Goodwill). Management at BOX developed new services in 2009 and introduced new pricing to reverse the reduction in market share; however, 
it is premature to conclude whether these or other initiatives to incent liquidity will be successful over time. Based on current assumptions, the fair 
value of BOX intangible assets remains above carrying value.

MX

MX activity and growth was affected by the credit crisis and the follow on economic conditions. Specifically, the deleveraging of balance sheets 
and historically low and stable interest rates reduced fixed income and overall derivatives activity. However, the view of management is that 
this reduction was temporary and that the fundamental growth opportunities that were included in the original valuation of MX are still valid. 
As the economic recovery began, interest rate forecasts reflected a rising yield curve. The speculation and uncertainty with respect to future 
growth rates should continue to lead to greater hedging and trading activity. In 2010, MX had a record year for contracts traded. In addition, 
the size of the Canadian derivatives market relative to the size of the underlying cash market is still substantially below that of global peers, 
thus leaving much room for growth if new technology, products and participants are added to the marketplace. Lastly, the global push from 
regulators and market participants to move over the counter derivatives products to exchange traded and/or centrally cleared models suggests 
further upside potential. It is the combination of the foregoing that resulted in management maintaining the growth projections and discount 
rates at levels that were in line with the original assumptions, such that MX goodwill is not impaired. Changes in these assumptions, which 
could occur if these growth opportunities are not achieved, could result in a material reduction in goodwill and intangible assets. This would 
be a non-cash charge in the derivatives segment that would impact net income and shareholder equity. If a write-down was to occur and it was 
greater than $412.0 million, it is possible that the financial covenants in our Term Loan would not be met and this debt would need to be repaid 
prior to expiry on April 18, 2011. Based on current assumptions, the fair value of MX intangible assets remains above carrying value.

NTP Intangible Assets

The intangible assets related to the acquisition of NTP are largely related to the cash flows and customer base of NTP. As we have converted NTP to 
NGX’s fully backstopped clearing model, a number of customers have not maintained their level of activity in these crude oil products. NGX has a 
number of initiatives to encourage these customers to grow their level of activity, however if NGX is unsuccessful in these efforts, it is possible that 
$47.0 million of intangible assets would need to be reduced. NTP was converted to the NGX clearing model in May 2009. In addition, in January 2011, 
we announced an agreement to add Canadian and U.S. physical and Canadian financial crude oil products to NGX’s existing clearing and technology 
alliance with ICE. Based on current assumptions, the fair value of NTP intangible assets remains above carrying value.

52  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   52

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Changes in Accounting Policies 

Future Changes in Accounting Policies 

Transition to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)22 

The Canadian Accounting Standards Board requires publicly accountable enterprises such as us to adopt IFRS for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 
2011. Accordingly, the 2010 TMX Group audited annual financial statements will be the last prepared under pre-conversion Canadian GAAP, and the conversion 
to IFRS will be applicable to our reporting for the quarter ending March 31, 2011, for which current and comparative information will be prepared under IFRS.

In 2011, we will also prepare comparative information for 2010, both for interim and annual financial statements, as applicable, on an IFRS basis. 
Our consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011, will be our first annual financial statements that comply with IFRS. 
As this will be our first year of reporting under IFRS, IFRS 1, First-time Adoption of IFRS (“IFRS1”), will be applicable. 

In accordance with IFRS1, we will apply IFRS retrospectively as of January 1, 2010, for comparative purposes as if IFRS had always been in effect, 
subject to certain mandatory exceptions and optional exemptions applicable to us, discussed below. 

Senior management and the Finance & Audit Committee have approved our IFRS accounting policies. The International Accounting Standards Board 
(IASB) has several projects underway that could affect the differences currently identified between Canadian GAAP and IFRS including the Exposure 
Draft on Revenue from Contracts from Customers, discussed below.

The expected impact from the transition on our financial position and financial performance is discussed below.

Initial Adoption – Impacts of the Conversion to IFRS

Based on our assessments to date and our interpretation of IFRS currently in effect, the areas expected to be affected by our conversion from current 
Canadian GAAP to IFRS are set out below in order of significance. For each affected area identified, any applicable IFRS1 exemptions and accounting 
policy  differences  between  current  Canadian  GAAP  and  IFRS  standards  are  discussed.  The  expected  dollar  impacts  of  adoption  on  TMX  Group’s 
financial  position  and  financial  performance  outlined  below  are  unaudited  financial  information.  We  believe  revenue  recognition  of  initial  and 
additional listing fees and the resulting tax effect will have the most significant impact on our financial statements upon transition to IFRS.

Revenue Recognition

The most significant area of impact will be in the recognition of Issuer Services Revenue related to initial and additional listing fees, along with the 
associated impact on future income tax assets. Initial and additional listing fees for both Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange will be 
impacted. No other sources of revenue will be impacted by the conversion to IFRS.

•	 Accounting	policy	difference	between	Canadian	GAAP	and	IFRS:	

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

Initial and additional listing fees are recorded as deferred revenue – initial and 
additional listing fees, and recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimated 
service period of ten years in accordance with EIC 141, Revenue Recognition.

Initial and additional listing fees are recognized in full in the period when 
the listings occur.

•	

Impact	of	Adoption	on	TMX	Group:

On  the  Transition  Date,  short-term  deferred  revenue  –  initial  and  additional  listing  fees  and  long-term  deferred  revenue  –  initial  and  additional 
listing  fees  will  be  reduced  by  $78.0  million  and  $405.1  million  respectively,  with  the  offset  to  retained  earnings.  The  tax  effect  on  the  above 
transition adjustment will be a reduction of $128.4 million in future income tax assets with the offset to retained earnings. 

The following is a six-year history of total issuer services revenue reported under Canadian GAAP and total issuer services revenue billed to Toronto 
Stock  Exchange  and  TSX  Venture  Exchange  issuers,  which  shows  the  impact  this  accounting  policy  change  would  have  had  on  historical  issuer 
services revenue, had IFRS been in effect during the periods identified. 

(in	millions	of	dollars)

Total issuer services revenue under IFRS+
Total issuer services revenue under current  
  Canadian GAAP+
Incremental revenue that would have been  
  reported under IFRS

2005
146.3

2006
175.9

2007
212.5

  $ 

2008
181.2

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009
173.3

2010
213.1 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

87.7

  $ 

108.5

  $ 

133.9

  $ 

153.0

  $ 

143.0

  $ 

163.0

  $ 

58.6

  $ 

67.4

  $ 

78.6

  $ 

28.2

  $ 

30.3

  $ 

50.1

22 

+  

 The “Transition to International Financial Reporting Standards” section above contains certain forward looking statements. Please refer to “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking 
Information” for a discussion of risks and uncertainties related to such statements.

 For 2008, 2009 and 2010, provisions for doubtful accounts receivable are included in General	and	Administration expense whereas in previous years, these provisions were reflected as a 
reduction in various sources of revenue. Unaudited.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  53

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   53

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In June 2010, the IASB issued an Exposure Draft on Revenue from Contracts from Customers (“ED”) and requested comments by October 22, 2010. 
The  ED  does  not  specify  an  effective  date  for  the  new  standard;  however,  it  proposes  that  the  amendments  be  applied  retrospectively.  We  are 
currently  considering  the  impact  that  this  ED  will  have  on  Issuer  Services  Revenue.  It  is  possible  that  it  could  result  in  a  deferral  of  initial  and 
additional listing fees.

Business Combinations

•	

IFRS	1	Exemption:

This exemption allows first-time adopters to elect to apply IFRS 3 (revised) – Business Combinations (“IFRS 3”), prospectively from the Transition 
Date  or  retrospectively  only  to  acquisitions  after  a  chosen  date  that  is  prior  to  the  Transition  Date.  Not  taking  this  exemption  would  require 
retrospective restatement of all business combinations occurring before the Transition Date. 

Election – We have elected not to apply IFRS 3 retrospectively to business combinations that occurred before 2008, the year of our most significant 
acquisition (MX). The acquisitions of MX, BOX and NTP will therefore be restated to reflect the requirements of IFRS 3 upon adoption of IFRS. 

•	 Accounting	policy	differences	between	Canadian	GAAP	and	IFRS:

•	 Measurement of purchase price:

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

Shares issued as consideration are measured at their estimated fair value 
on the date the parties to the business combination reach an agreement 
on the purchase price and the proposed transaction is announced.

Shares issued as consideration are measured at their fair value on the 
acquisition date.

•	 Acquisition costs:

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

Direct and incremental costs of business combinations are recognized as 
part of the purchase cost.

Acquisition related costs are accounted for separately from the business 
combination and they are expensed as incurred. 

•	 Restructuring provisions:

Canadian GAAP

If certain conditions are met, the costs of restructuring activities are 
included as part of the purchase price even if a present obligation does not 
exist as of the date of acquisition.

•	 Non-controlling interests:

IFRS
Restructuring provisions are included as part of the business combination 
only if they represent a present obligation as of the date of acquisition. 

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

Non-controlling interests are recorded at their share of the existing 
carrying values of the net assets acquired.

Non-controlling interests are recorded at either their fair value or their 
proportionate share of the fair value of the acquiree’s net assets. TMX 
Group plans to adopt the latter method.

•	

Increase in ownership of a subsidiary:

Canadian GAAP
Increase in ownership interests of a subsidiary are accounted for using the 
purchase method. 

IFRS

When an entity increases its ownership in an investment that results 
in the acquisition of control, the previously held equity interests are re-
measured to fair value through net earnings. When an entity increases its 
ownership in a previously controlled subsidiary, the carrying amounts of 
the controlling and non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the 
changes in their relative interests in the subsidiary.

•	 Contingent liabilities:

Canadian GAAP

Contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are recognized 
when it is probable that a liability has been incurred on the date of 
acquisition and when the amount can be reasonably estimated.

IFRS
A contingent liability is recognized at fair value on the date of acquisition if 
it is a present obligation that arises from past events and its fair value can 
be measured reliably.

•	

Impact	of	Adoption	on	TMX	Group:

The acquisitions of MX, BOX and NTP will be restated under IFRS 3 on transition, and as a result of this, the acquisition accounting will be amended. 
The  goodwill  associated  with  the  MX  acquisition  will  decrease  by  $155.5  million,  share  capital  will  decrease  by  $141.1  million,  and  retained 
earnings will decrease by $14.4 million. Intangible assets related to the acquisition of BOX will increase by $14.3 million, non-controlling interests 
will increase by $16.0 million, and will be reclassified to equity, and retained earnings will decrease by $1.7 million. The goodwill related to the 
acquisition of NTP will decrease by $5.3  million,  share  capital will decrease  by $3.6 million, and retained earnings will decrease by  $1.7 million. 
The tax effect on the above transition adjustments will be a reduction of $0.5 million in goodwill with the offset to retained earnings. 

54  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   54

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Impairment of Assets:

•	 Accounting	policy	differences	between	Canadian	GAAP	and	IFRS:

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

An impairment loss is recognized when a long lived asset’s carrying 
amount exceeds its recoverable amount, which is estimated, by TMX 
Group, as the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from 
the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. An impairment loss is 
measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value.

•	

Impact	of	Adoption	on	TMX	Group:

An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset 
exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the fair value less 
costs to sell and its value-in-use.

An impairment charge of $14.8 million will be recognized on the Transition Date in respect of the BOX trading participants intangible asset, 
$6.8 million of which relates to the non-controlling interests share, with the remaining $8.0 million relating to our share and therefore will be 
charged to retained earnings on transition.

Employee Benefits:

•	

IFRS	1	Exemption:

This exemption allows first-time adopters to recognize all cumulative unamortized actuarial gains and losses directly to retained earnings on the 
Transition Date, thus resetting unamortized actuarial gains and losses to zero. Not taking this exemption would require retrospective application of 
IAS 19 – Employee Benefits (“IAS 19”), from the inception of all benefit plans. 

Election – We have elected to apply this exemption, and recognize all unamortized actuarial gains and losses under previous Canadian GAAP to 
retained earnings on the Transition Date. In taking this exemption, we will be applying IAS 19 retrospectively from the Transition Date. 

•	 Accounting	policy	differences	between	Canadian	GAAP	and	IFRS:

•	 Actuarial gains and losses:

Canadian GAAP

We amortize actuarial gains (losses) arising from employee benefit plans 
over the expected average remaining service period of active employees 
when the net accumulated actuarial gain (loss) is in excess of 10% of the 
greater of the accrued benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets 
at the beginning of the fiscal year. 

•	 Measurement date:

IFRS
As permitted under IAS 19, we will recognize all actuarial gains and losses 
immediately in other comprehensive income without flowing through to 
the income statement in subsequent periods.

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

We measure the defined benefit obligation and plan assets for certain 
plans as of September 30.

We are required to determine the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation and the fair value of plan assets at the date of the statement of 
financial position. As a result, on the Transition Date, we will change the 
measurement date of our plans to December 31.

•	 Recognition of past service costs:

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

Past service costs arising from plan amendments or initiation are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected average remaining 
service period of employees active at the time of the amendment.

Past service costs arising from plan amendments or initiation are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected average period 
remaining to vest. Any benefits already vested are recognized immediately 
in earnings. 

•	 Limit on accrued benefit asset:

Canadian GAAP

When a defined benefit plan gives rise to an accrued benefit asset, a 
valuation allowance is recognized for any excess of the accrued benefit 
asset over the expected future benefit, and the accrued benefit asset is 
presented net of any valuation allowance in the balance sheet. Any change 
in the valuation allowance is recognized in net earnings.

•	

Impact	of	Adoption	on	TMX	Group:

IFRS
IFRS also sets a limit on the accrued benefit asset that can be recognized in 
the statement of financial position, although this is calculated differently 
than under current Canadian GAAP. Any change in the recoverable amount 
will be recognized immediately in other comprehensive income.

Pension  benefit  assets  and  accrued  employee  benefits  payable  will  be  reduced  by  $8.2  million  and  $0.1  million  respectively,  with  the  offset  of 
$8.1 million to retained earnings. The tax effect on the above transition adjustment will be a net decrease of $2.0 million in future income tax 
liabilities, with the offset to retained earnings.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   55

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  55

Leases:

•	

IFRS	1	Exemption:

This exemption allows first-time adopters to elect to apply IFRIC 4 – Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease (“IFRIC 4”), only to 
arrangements  existing  at  the  Transition  Date.  An  additional  exemption  also  exists,  allowing  a  first-time  adopter  to  opt  out  of  reassessing  its 
arrangements under IFRIC 4 if it has already assessed whether an arrangement contains a lease in accordance with current Canadian GAAP EIC-150 – 
Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease (“EIC 150”). 

Election – We have elected to apply both exemptions thus limiting our reassessment under IFRIC 4 to arrangements in place at the Transition Date 
that were not subject to the scope of EIC 150 under previous Canadian GAAP.

•	 Accounting	policy	differences	between	Canadian	GAAP	and	IFRS:

•	 Classification:

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

The criteria used to determine whether a lease is to be classified as an 
operating or a capital lease includes “bright-line” thresholds such as 
whether the lease term is greater than 75% of the economic life of the 
leased asset, or the present value of the minimum lease payments is 
above 90% of the fair value of the lease.

•	 Present value of minimum lease payments:

The criteria for lease classification rely heavily on the substance of the 
agreement and do not include any “bright-line” thresholds.

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

The present value of minimum lease payments is calculated using the 
lower of (i) the interest rate implicit in the lease; and (ii) the lessee’s 
incremental borrowing rate.

The present value of minimum lease payments should be determined 
using the interest rate implicit in the lease. The lessee’s incremental 
borrowing rate should only be used when the interest rate implicit in the 
lease cannot be determined.

•	

Impact	of	Adoption	on	TMX	Group:	

A number of leases will be reclassified on the Transition Date from capital leases to operating leases. As a result, obligations under finance leases, 
and the associated equipment assets, will decrease by $7.1 million on the statement of financial position. 

Share Based Payments:

•	

IFRS	1	Exemption:

IFRS 1 encourages, but does not require, first-time adopters to apply IFRS 2 – Share-based Payments (“IFRS 2”), to equity instruments granted on or 
before November 7, 2002, or to equity instruments granted after that date but which have vested by the Transition Date. In addition, it encourages, 
but again does not require, first-time adopters to apply IFRS 2 to liabilities arising from share-based payment transactions that were settled before 
the Transition Date. 

Election – We have elected to only apply IFRS 2 to equity instruments granted after November 7, 2002, and remaining unvested at the Transition 
Date as well as to liabilities remaining unsettled as at the Transition Date. 

•	 Accounting	policy	differences	between	Canadian	GAAP	and	IFRS:

•	 Recognition of expense:

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

For share-based awards with graded vesting we recognize the total fair 
value of the award on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

Each tranche of an award with graded vesting is considered a separate 
grant with a different vesting date and fair value. Each tranche is 
accounted for on that basis.

•	

 Forfeitures:

Forfeitures of awards are recognized as they occur.

Canadian GAAP

•	 Cash-settled share based payments:

IFRS

Compensation cost is recognized based on an estimate of the number of 
awards expected to vest and is revised if subsequent information indicates 
that actual forfeitures differ from the estimate.

Canadian GAAP

IFRS

A liability for Restricted Share Units and Deferred Share Units is accrued 
based on the intrinsic value of the award with changes in the intrinsic 
values at each reporting period recognized in the income statement.

We are required to measure the liability at fair value on the date of grant 
and at each subsequent reporting date by applying an option pricing 
model. Changes in fair value are recognized in the income statement.

56  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   56

29/03/11   3:55 PM

•	

Impact	of	Adoption	on	TMX	Group:

The share option plan component of equity will increase by $0.9 million as a result of the changes in the accounting treatment of share options, 
and accounts payable and other liabilities will decrease by $0.6 million in respect of the cash-settled share based payments, the offset to which will 
decrease retained earnings by $0.3 million. The tax effect on the above transition adjustment will be a decrease of $0.1 million in future income tax 
assets with the offset to retained earnings. 

Cumulative translation differences:

•	

IFRS	1	Exemption:

This  exemption  allows  first-time  adopters  to  recognize  all  cumulative  translation  differences  relating  to  foreign  operations  directly  to  retained 
earnings  on  the  Transition  Date,  thus  resetting  the  cumulative  translation  adjustment  account  to  zero.  Not  taking  this  election  would  require 
retrospective application of IAS 21 – The Effect of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates (“IAS 21”), from the date the foreign operations were formed 
or acquired. 

Election – We have elected to apply this exemption, and reset all of our cumulative translation differences to zero through retained earnings on the 
Transition Date.

•	

Impact	of	Adoption	on	TMX	Group:

The  Cumulative  Translation  Adjustment  (CTA)  balance  of  $3.2  million  as  at  the  Transition  Date  will  be  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  retained 
earnings on transition to IFRS. The application of the exemption will have no impact on net equity. 

Decommissioning liabilities included in the cost of property, plant & equipment:

•	

IFRS	1	Exemption:

This exemption allows first-time adopters to elect to apply the guidance in IFRIC 1 – Changes in Existing Decommissioning, Restoration and Similar 
Liabilities (“IFRIC 1”), prospectively from the Transition Date, as opposed to retrospectively. IFRIC 1 requires that changes in these liability estimates 
be  added  to,  or  deducted  from,  the  cost  of  the  asset  to  which  it  relates,  and  the  adjusted  depreciable  amount  of  the  asset  is  then  depreciated 
prospectively over its remaining useful life. 

Election – We have elected to apply this exemption, therefore applying the requirements of IFRIC 1 prospectively to decommissioning liabilities that 
existed as at the Transition Date. 

Income Taxes:

•	 Accounting	policy	differences	between	Canadian	GAAP	and	IFRS:

Canadian GAAP

The recognition of future income taxes relating to temporary differences 
arising from intercompany transactions is prohibited.  

IFRS
There is no such prohibition under IFRS.

•	

Impact	of	Adoption	on	TMX	Group:

Future income tax assets will be reduced by $0.2 million on transition, with the offset to retained earnings. 

Reconciliation of Shareholders’ Equity on transition

The following summarizes the impact (net of tax) of the above mentioned changes on shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2010 on transition to IFRS. 

(in	millions	of	dollars)	(Unaudited)

Shareholders’ Equity under Canadian GAAP
IFRS adjustments increasing (decreasing) reported equity:
Revenue recognition
Business combinations
Other items
Total Shareholders’ Equity under IFRS

January 1, 2010
 770.6

  $ 

354.7
(163.0)
(13.8)
 948.5

  $ 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  57

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   57

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
Reconciliation of net income for Q1/10

The following is a reconciliation of the impact of the differences discussed above on our net income for Q1/10. 

(Unaudited	and	preliminary	estimates,	in	millions	of	dollars)	

Canadian GAAP 
Three Months Ended 
March 31, 2010

Revenue Recognition 
(initial & additional 
listing fees)

Other impacts°

IFRS 
Three Months Ended 
March 31, 2010

Revenue:
Issuer services 
Trading, clearing and related 
Information services
Technology services and other

Expenses:
Compensation and benefits
Information and trading systems
General and administration
Amortization

Income from operations
Income from investment in affiliates
Investment income 
Interest expense 
Mark to market on interest rate swaps
Income before income taxes
Income taxes
Net income before non-controlling interests 
Non-controlling interests
Net income

Transition plan update

  $ 

  $ 

39.7
59.0
37.4
3.6
139.7

32.2
12.1
16.9
8.4
69.6
70.1
0.2
0.8
(1.2)
(0.1)

69.8
21.1
48.7
(0.4)
49.1

  $ 

9.7

  $ 

–

  $ 

9.7

9.7

9.7
1.6
8.1

  $ 

8.1

  $ 

0.1
0.8

(0.8)
0.1
(0.1)

(0.1)
0.1
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.1)

  $ 

49.4
59.0
37.4
3.6 
149.4

32.3
12.9
16.9
7.6
69.7
79.7
0.2
0.8
(1.2)
(0.1)

79.4
22.8
56.6
(0.5)
57.1

TMX Group commenced its IFRS conversion project in 2008. The IFRS project consists of three phases – (i) scoping, (ii) evaluation and design, and 
(iii) implementation and review. We have completed the first two phases of the project and are in the final stages of the implementation and review 
phase of the conversion plan. 

The following outlines the key activities in our IFRS conversion plan and provides an update on the status of the various milestones achieved as part 
of our transition to IFRS. 

°  

 Includes IFRS impacts on Pension and Other Post Employment Benefits, Impairment of Intangible Assets, Reclassification of Leases (from Capital to Operating), Share Based Payments and 
Income Taxes.

58  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   58

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Activity
Financial statement preparation:
•	 	Identify	accounting	differences	between	

Canadian GAAP and IFRS accounting policies, 
and any associated accounting policy 
choices available

•	 	Select	TMX	Group’s	ongoing	IFRS	policies

•	 	Select	TMX	Group’s	IFRS	1 policy choices

•	 	Develop	IFRS-compliant	financial	statement	

format

•	 	Quantify	the	effects	of	these	changes	on	the	

financial statements

Training: 
Define and introduce the appropriate level of 
IFRS expertise for the following:

•	 Core	IFRS	team

•	 Other	affected	finance	staff

•	 	Senior	executives	and	the	Board	of	Directors,	
including Finance & Audit Committee and 
Disclosure Committee members

Milestones

Status

Key differences identified and tentative 
accounting policy decisions made and presented 
to the Finance & Audit Committee by the end 
of 2009.

Final senior management sign-off and Finance & 
Audit Committee review of all items in advance 
of transition (by Q3/10) 

Appropriate level of expertise in place 
throughout TMX Group by mid 2010.

Completed analysis and quantification of the 
differences identified and an assessment of the 
accounting policy choices available during 2010. 

Accounting policy choices, including IFRS 1 
elections, were approved by the Finance & Audit 
Committee in October 2010.

Opening statement of financial position 
reconciliation is complete. Development of 
financial statement format and the initial IFRS 1 
disclosure is substantially complete.

Training plan completed. 

Finance & Audit Committee receives quarterly 
IFRS updates. 

A detailed training session for members of the 
Board of Directors and senior executives took 
place in Q3/10.

Detailed training underway for core team since 
2008, and ongoing throughout conversion.

Training of other affected finance staff has 
taken place. Refresher took place in Q4/10 
for both finance staff and other TMX Group 
management.

IT infrastructure: 
Confirm that business processes and systems 
are IFRS compliant, including:

•	 IT	system	upgrades	and	changes

•	 	Gathering	data	for	additional	disclosure	

purposes

•	 Budget	and	forecasting	under	IFRS

Control environment: 
•	 	For	all	accounting	policy	changes	identified,	
assess the control design and effectiveness 
implications (both ICFR and DC&P)

•	 	Implement	changes	to	ICFR	and	DC&P	

as required

Confirm that systems can support dual 
reporting requirements by Q4/09.

Business processes and systems required for 
additional disclosure and for budgeting to be 
in place by transition. 

Review of dual reporting options is complete 
and relevant changes to the accounting and 
reporting systems completed in Q1/10 to enable 
dual reporting, which is largely complete.

IT and business processes impact analysis 
included as part of the evaluation and design 
work. No major IT issues identified to date.

Key controls and design effectiveness 
implications to be assessed as part of the 
evaluation and design phase.

Internal Audit has assessed the key control 
design and effectiveness implications for ICFR 
and DC&P relating to the transition to IFRS 
and reviewed the adequacy of ICFR and DC&P 
changes proposed to date.

External reporting:
Assess the effects of key IFRS-related accounting 
policy and financial statement changes on 
external reporting, including:

Publish regular updates on the status of the 
IFRS transition in the 2009 and 2010 annual and 
quarterly MD&A.

•	 	Identify	the	impact	on	financial	covenants	

and regulatory capital adequacy requirements, 
and complete any required renegotiations/ 
discussions

Publish 2011 quarterly and annual financial 
statements and MD&A in accordance with IFRS, 
including 2010 comparatives and IFRS 1 required 
disclosures.

•	 	Consider	expected	MD&A	communications	up	

to and following transition

•	 	Consider	the	investor	relations	process	
for responding to IFRS-related queries, 
and confirm that 2011 investor relations 
communications are IFRS compliant

Complete review, and address covenants and 
regulatory requirements as necessary by the end 
of Q3/10.

IFRS disclosure in the MD&A has been updated 
throughout the project.

Identification of covenants and regulatory 
ratios that may be affected by the transition 
is complete. We have analyzed the impact 
on the various covenants under agreements 
as well as on ratios for regulatory purposes 
and have determined that the conversion to 
IFRS will not have a material impact on our 
recognition orders, financial viability ratios, 
or debt covenants.

Investor communication plan prepared during 
Q4/09 and has been implemented. 

We have addressed the impact of transferring to 
IFRS in our communications with shareholders 
and potential investors.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   59

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  59

 
 
 
 
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate disclosure controls 
and procedures, as defined in National Instrument 52-109 – Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings (NI 52-109). Disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  are  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  our  filings  under  securities 
legislation  is  filings  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  securities  legislation.  They  are  also 
designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  all  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  these  filings  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to 
management, including the CEO and CFO as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding public disclosure. We regularly review our disclosure 
controls and procedures; however, they cannot provide an absolute level of assurance because of the inherent limitations in control systems to 
prevent or detect all misstatements due to error or fraud.

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of 
December 31, 2010. Based on this evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as 
of December 31, 2010.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in NI 52-109. Internal 
control over financial reporting means a process designed by or under the supervision of the CEO and CFO, and effected by our board of directors, 
management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that:  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of 
records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  TMX  Group;  (2)  are  designed  to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with 
GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of TMX Group are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of 
TMX  Group;  and  (3)  are  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or 
disposition of TMX Group’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All  internal  control  systems  have  inherent  limitations  and  therefore  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  can  only  provide  reasonable 
assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements due to error or fraud. 

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2010 using the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) framework. Based on this evaluation, 
the CEO and CFO have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes to internal control over financial reporting during the quarter beginning October 1, 2010 and ended December 31, 2010 that 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. 

Risks and Uncertainties

We have in place an integrated risk management process in which the Board assumes overall stewardship responsibility for risk; the Finance & Audit 
Committee of the Board assesses the adequacy of risk management policies and procedures; and the Risk Management Committee (comprised of 
senior management) oversees the implementation of risk management policies and processes. The management framework supporting the risk 
management objectives includes regular assessments of principal risks, and implementation of risk management tactics, which are monitored and 
adjusted as required.

We have identified the most significant risks to which we are exposed to be the following:

•	 Competition 
•	 Economic
•	 Regulatory 
•	 Product/Service Relevance 
•	 Human Resources 
•	 Execution/Strategic 
•	 Technology 
•	

Interface/Dependency 

60  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

•	 Currency 
•	 Credit
•	 Litigation
•	
Integration
•	 Business Continuity/Geopolitical
•	
Intellectual Property
•	 Corporate Structure

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   60

29/03/11   3:55 PM

These  risks  are  taken  into  account  when  developing  and  implementing  TMX  Group  strategies,  tactics,  policies,  operating  procedures  and 
governance processes. 

The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing TMX Group. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or 
that we currently believe are immaterial may also adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our reputation, business, 
financial condition, or operating results could be materially adversely affected. 

Competition Risk

We Face Competition from Other Exchanges, ATSs, OTC Markets and Other Sources 

Our listing and trading cash equities, derivatives, energy and fixed income markets face competition from other exchanges as well as from other 
marketplaces, the OTC markets and other sources. Technological advances have lowered barriers to entry and have facilitated the establishment of 
new marketplaces and trading mechanisms, such as ATSs and electronic communication networks (ECNs as they are known in the United States), 
to electronically trade cash equities, derivatives and other financial instruments outside traditional exchanges. This competition has intensified 
domestically in our cash equities markets and may continue to intensify in the future, especially as these technological advances create pressure 
to develop more efficient and less costly trading in both global and regional domestic markets. If we cannot maintain and enhance our ability to 
compete or respond to competitive threats, this will have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our Equity Exchanges Face Increased Competition from Other Exchanges, New Marketplaces and Trading Mechanisms

We face increased competition for business from other exchanges, especially those in the United States as they consolidate and investing becomes 
more global. We face competition from foreign exchanges for listings of Canadian-based issuers and trading in their securities. If we are unable to 
continue to provide competitive trade execution, the volume traded in Canadian-based interlisted issuers on our equity exchanges could decrease in 
the future and adversely affect our operating results. 

ATSs have a framework to operate in Canada under the ATS Rules. The ATS formed by a group of Canada’s banks and investment dealers to trade 
Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange listed securities has become a significant competitor in our cash equities markets and could, 
in the future, become a competitor for our listing business. In April 2010, this ATS submitted an application with the OSC for recognition as an 
exchange,  which  if  granted,  would  give  them  the  ability  to  list  securities.  There  are  also  a  number  of  other  ATSs,  both  dark  and  visible  trading 
venues,  including  mechanisms  to  internalize  order  flow  within  a  PO,  which  trade  or  intend  to  trade  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  and  TSX  Venture 
Exchange listed securities. Some ATSs appear to operate without apparent profit motives. 

These ATSs may, among other things, respond more quickly to competitive pressures, especially if they are not subject to the same degree of regulatory 
oversight as we are, develop similar products to those Toronto Stock Exchange and TSX Venture Exchange offer that are preferred by customers, or 
they may develop alternative competitive products, or they may price their trading and data products more competitively in order to gain market 
share, develop and expand their network infrastructures and offerings more efficiently, adapt more swiftly to new or emerging technologies and 
changes in customer requirements and use better, more user friendly and reliable technology. If these ATSs attract significant order flow, or other 
structural changes occur in the marketplace, our trading and information services revenue could be materially adversely affected. 

There is intense price competition in the cash equities markets. While we have developed a pricing mix to attract greater liquidity to our markets, 
the competitive environment in which we operate places significant pricing pressures on our trading and market data offerings. Some competitors 
may seek to increase their share of trading by reducing their transaction fees, by offering larger liquidity payments, by offering inverted pricing or 
by offering other forms of financial or other incentives. We have in the past lowered our equity trading fees and we may, in the future, be required to 
adjust our pricing to respond to competitive pricing pressure. If we are unable to compete successfully with respect to the pricing of our offerings, 
our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our Derivatives Markets Face Competition from Other Marketplaces

MX and BOX are in direct competition with, among others, securities, options and other derivatives exchanges as well as ATSs or ECNs and other 
trading  and  crossing  venues,  some  of  our  clearing  member  firms  and  interdealer  brokerage  firms.  This  competition  exists  particularly  in  the 
United States, but also in Europe and Asia. In Canada, MX’s competition in derivatives trading is the OTC market. In the United States, BOX will 
continue to face increased competition in the U.S. equity options market. These competitors may, among other things, respond more quickly 
to competitive pressures, develop similar products to those MX and BOX offer that are preferred by customers or they may develop alternative 
competitive products, they may price their products more competitively, develop and expand their network infrastructures and offerings more 
efficiently, adapt more swiftly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements and use better, more user friendly and 
reliable technology. Increased competition could lead to reduced interest in MX’s and BOX’s products which could materially adversely affect 
our business and operating results. 

The  derivatives  trading  industry  is  characterized  by  intense  price  competition.  While  our  derivatives  markets  have  developed  a  pricing  mix  to 
attract greater liquidity to these markets while maintaining our average price per contract, market conditions may result in increased competition 
which, in turn, may place significant pricing pressures in the future. Some competitors may seek to increase their share of trading by reducing their 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  61

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   61

29/03/11   3:55 PM

transaction fees, by offering larger liquidity payments or by offering other forms of financial or other incentives. Our business, financial condition 
and results of operations could be materially adversely affected as a result of these developments. 

Our Energy Markets Face Competition from OTC Markets and Other Sources

NGX’s business of trading and clearing natural gas, electricity and crude oil contracts faces primary competition in Canada and the United States 
from other exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms and from the OTC or bilateral markets (with support from voice brokers). Voice 
brokers continue to provide efficient contract matching services for both standardized and structured products and are expanding their service 
offerings  to  include  access  to  clearing  facilities  for  trading  parties  who  may  have  credit  constraints.  If  NGX  is  unable  to  compete  with  these 
platforms and markets including voice brokers, NGX may not be able to maintain or expand its business, which could materially affect its business 
and operating results. 

Shorcan Energy faces competition primarily from other brokerage firms, including Net Energy Inc.

Our Fixed Income Markets Face Competition from OTC Markets and Other Sources

Shorcan has several competitors in the fixed income IDB market. If Shorcan fails to attract institutional dealer order flow from this market, it would 
adversely affect its operating results. 

CanDeal faces competition primarily from the telephonic OTC market. If CanDeal fails to attract institutional order flow from this market, it would 
adversely affect its operating results. 

New Technologies Make It Easier to Disseminate Our Information

Technological  advances,  and  in  particular  the  Internet,  have  made  it  easier  to  download  and  disseminate  electronic  information.  As  a  result, 
third parties may be able to copy, infringe or otherwise profit from our proprietary rights without authorization. This may cause the value of our 
information to deteriorate since it is difficult to enforce restrictions on the use of information that is transmitted electronically. We may not be able 
to maintain or increase information services revenue if we cannot enforce our proprietary rights in the future. 

Economic Risk

We Depend on the Economy of Canada

Our financial results are affected by the Canadian economy. If the profit growth of Canadian-based companies is generally lower than the profit 
growth  of  companies  based  in  other  countries,  the  markets  on  which  those  other  issuers  are  listed  may  be  more  attractive  to  investors  than 
our equity exchanges. The threat of a prolonged economic downturn may also have a negative impact on investment performance, which could 
materially adversely affect the number of new listed issuers, the market capitalization of our listed issuers, additional securities being listed or 
reserved, trading volumes across our markets and market data sales. 

Our Operating Results May be Adversely Impacted by Global Economic Uncertainties 

The economic and market conditions in Canada and the rest of the world impact the different aspects of our business and our revenue drivers. 
Because  listing,  financing  and  trading  activities  are  significantly  affected  by  economic,  political  and  market  conditions  and  the  overall  level  of 
investor confidence, the extent of economic and market recovery will impact the level of listing activity (including IPOs), the market capitalization 
of our issuers, trading volumes and sales of data across our markets. In addition, customers on our energy markets that rely on the banks for credit 
facilities are now facing higher credit costs associated with complying with NGX’s margining regime which could result in lower volumes on NGX.

We Depend on Market Activity that is Outside of Our Control

Our  revenue  is  highly  dependent  upon  the  level  of  activity  on  our  exchanges,  including:  the  volume  of  securities  traded  on  our  cash  markets; 
the number of transactions, volume of contracts or products traded and cleared on our derivatives and energy markets; the number and market 
capitalization of listed issuers; the number of new listings; the number of active traders and brokerage firms; and the number of subscribers to 
market data.

We do not have direct control over these variables. Among other things, these variables depend upon the relative attractiveness of securities traded 
on our exchanges and the relative attractiveness of our exchanges as a place to trade those securities as compared to other exchanges and other 
trading mechanisms. Those variables are in turn influenced by: 

•	 the overall economic conditions in Canada and the United States in particular, and in the world in general (especially growth levels and 

political stability); 

•	 broad trends in business and corporate finance, including capital market trends and the mergers and acquisitions environment;

•	 the condition of the resource sector;

62  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   62

29/03/11   3:55 PM

•	 the interest rate environment and resulting attractiveness of alternative asset classes; 

•	 the regulatory environment for investment in securities, including the regulation of marketplaces and other market participants;

•	 the relative activity and performance of global capital markets; 

•	

investor confidence in the prospects and integrity of our listed issuers, and the prospects of Canadian-based listed issuers in general; 

•	 pricing volatility of global commodities and energy markets; and

•	 changes in tax legislation that would impact the relative attractiveness of certain types of securities.

We  may  be  able  to  indirectly  influence  the  volume  and  value  of  trading  by  providing  efficient,  reliable  and  low-cost  trading;  maximizing  the 
availability of timely, reliable information upon which research, advice and investment decisions can be based; and maximizing the ease of access 
to trading facilities. However, those activities may not have a positive effect on or effectively counteract the factors that are outside of our control. 

Our Cost Structure is Largely Fixed

Most of our expenses are fixed and cannot be easily lowered in the short-term if our revenue decreases, which could have an adverse effect on our 
operating results and financial condition.

Regulatory Risk

We Are Subject to Significant Regulatory Constraints 

We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  industry  and  are  subject  to  extensive  government  regulation  and  we  could  be  subject  to  increased  regulatory 
scrutiny in the future. The provincial securities regulators regulate us and our exchanges and in the case of CDCC and NGX, our clearing operations, 
and regulators in other jurisdictions may regulate our future operations. MX and CDCC are regulated as SROs in Québec. In addition, MX carries 
on activities in accordance with the regulations of securities regulators in the United States as a foreign board of trade (FBOT) and in France and 
the U.K. CDCC is also subject to regulatory requirements of the SEC and various U.S. state securities regulators. NGX also operates as an exempt 
commercial market (ECM) under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and is registered as a derivative clearing 
organization (DCO) by the CFTC. BOX is an electronic equity options market and is regulated by the SEC.

BOX  is  also  a  party  to  a  regulatory  services  agreement  with  NASDAQ  OMX  Group,  Inc.,  NASDAQ  OMX  BX,  Inc.  (“BX”),  formerly  BSE,  and  Boston 
Options  Exchange  Regulation  LLC  (“BOXR”),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  BX.  The  initial  term  of  the  agreement  expires  August  29,  2011  with 
automatic renewal terms thereafter. There are no rights to terminate the agreement during the initial term, except for breach. In the renewal term, 
either party can terminate the agreement with six months notice. BX has informed BOX it intends to terminate the regulatory services agreement. 
If BOX is required to seek another regulatory services provider, this could have an adverse effect on BOX’s operations.

The Canadian securities regulators, regulating our cash equities, derivatives and energy exchanges and clearing operations, the SEC which regulates 
BOX and the CFTC which regulates NGX’s clearing have broad powers to audit, investigate and enforce compliance with their regulations and impose 
sanctions for non-compliance. 

Those  Canadian  and  United  States  regulators  are  vested  with  broad  enforcement  powers  to  prohibit  us  from  engaging  in  some  of  our  business 
activities or suspend or revoke approval as a recognized exchange or clearing agency, as the case may be, and, in the case of MX, as an SRO. In the 
case of actual or alleged non-compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, our exchanges or clearing agencies could be subject to investigations 
and administrative or judicial proceedings that may result in substantial penalties, including revocation of our approval as a recognized exchange, 
clearing  agency  and  SRO,  as  applicable.  Any  such  investigation  or  proceeding,  whether  successful  or  not,  would  result  in  substantial  costs  and 
diversions of resources and might also harm our reputation, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

In  addition,  there  may  be  a  conflict  between  our  self-regulatory  responsibilities  and  some  of  our  market  participants.  Although  we  have 
implemented  stringent  governance  measures  to  avoid  such  conflicts,  any  failure  to  diligently  and  fairly  regulate  approved  participants  or  to 
otherwise fulfill these regulatory obligations could significantly harm our reputation, prompt regulatory scrutiny and materially adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

This regulation may impose barriers or constraints which limit our ability to build an efficient, competitive organization and may also limit our 
ability to expand foreign and global access. Securities regulators also impose financial and corporate governance restrictions on us and our equity, 
derivatives and energy exchanges and clearing operations. Some of the securities regulators must approve or review our exchanges’ listing rules, 
trading rules, fee structures and features and operations of, or changes to, our systems. These approvals or reviews may increase our costs and 
delay our plans for implementation. In Canada, ATSs operate under different rules than exchanges and we are subject to regulatory constraints or 
obligations that do not apply to all of our competitors. There could also be regulatory changes that impact our customers and that could materially 
adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   63

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  63

Regulatory trends are not always predictable. The multi-market environment in Canada and the global economic crisis could lead to more aggressive 
regulation of our businesses by securities and other regulatory agencies both in Canada and the U.S. and could extend to areas of our businesses 
that  to  date  have  not  been  regulated.  Expanding  U.S.  regulation  and  proposed  initiatives,  in  particular,  the  Dodd-Frank  Consumer  Protection 
Act  impacting  OTC  derivatives  markets,  ECMs,  DCOs  and  FBOTs,  among  others,  could  increase  the  regulation  of  and  cost  of  compliance  for  our 
markets whose business is impacted by U.S. regulatory developments. In Canada, the provincial securities regulators have released a proposal paper 
regarding the regulation of the Canadian OTC derivatives markets which could lead to expanded regulation and increase the cost of compliance for 
our markets whose business is impacted by these developments. Unexpected and new regulatory requirements could materially adversely affect 
our organization, customers, market position and results of operations.

Product/Service Relevance Risk

Our Exchanges Depend on the Development and Acceptance of New Products and Services

We are dependent to a great extent on developing and introducing new investment trading and clearing products and services and their acceptance 
by the investment community. While we continue to review and develop new products and services that respond to the needs of the marketplace, 
we may not continue to develop successful new products and services. Our current offerings may become outdated or lose market favour before 
we can develop adequate enhancements or replacements. Other exchanges, ATSs or ECNs may introduce new products or services or enhancements 
that make our offerings less attractive. Even if we develop an attractive new product, we could lose trading activity to another marketplace that 
introduces a similar or identical offering which offers greater liquidity or lower cost. We also may not receive regulatory approval (in a timely manner 
or at all) for our new offerings. Any of these events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. 

Human Resources Risk

We Need to Retain and Attract Qualified Personnel

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the continued employment and performance of a number of key management personnel whose 
compensation  is  partially  tied  to  vested  share  options  and  long-term  incentive  plans  that  mature  over  time.  The  value  of  this  compensation  is 
dependent  upon  total  shareholder  return  performance  factors,  which  includes  appreciation  in  our  share  price.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  key 
personnel could materially adversely affect our business and operating results. We also believe that our future success will depend in large part on 
our ability to attract and retain highly skilled technical, managerial and marketing personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be successful 
in retaining and attracting the personnel we require.

Execution/Strategic Risk

We May Not Be Successful in Implementing Our Strategy

We invest significant resources in the development and execution of our corporate strategy to grow profitability and maximize shareholder returns. 
We may not succeed in implementing our strategies. We have limited experience pursuing new business opportunities or growth opportunities in 
new geographic markets. We may have difficulty executing our strategies because of, among other things, increased global competition, difficulty 
developing and introducing products, or introducing new products on a timely basis, barriers to entry in other geographic markets, and changes in 
regulatory requirements. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect the success of our strategies.

New Business Activities May Adversely Affect Income

We may enter new business activities that could have an adverse effect on our existing profitability. While we would expect to realize new revenue 
from these new activities, there is a risk that this new revenue would not be greater than the associated costs or any related decline in existing 
revenue sources.

Expansion of Our Operations Internationally Involves Special Challenges that We May Not Be Able to Meet

We plan to continue our efforts to expand our operations internationally, including by opening offices in foreign jurisdictions, obtaining regulatory 
authorizations or exemptions to allow remote access to our markets by approved participants outside Canada and by relying on distribution systems 
established by strategic alliance partners. We expect that the expansion of access to our electronic markets will continue to increase the portion of 
our business that is generated from outside Canada. We face certain risks inherent in doing business in international markets, particularly in the 
regulated exchange and clearing business. These risks include: 

•	

•	

restrictions on the use of trading terminals or the contracts that may be traded; 

reduced protection for intellectual property rights; 

•	 difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations; 

64  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   64

29/03/11   3:55 PM

•	 potentially adverse tax consequences; 

•	 enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems; and

•	

foreign currency fluctuations for international business. 

We would be required to comply with the laws and regulations of foreign governmental and regulatory authorities of each country in which 
we obtain authorizations or exemptions for remote access to our markets. These may include laws, rules and regulations relating to any aspect 
of the business. 

Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the success of our plans to grow our international presence and market products and 
services and consequently on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Technology Risk

We Depend Heavily on Information Technology, Which Could Fail or Malfunction 

We are extremely dependent on our information technology systems. Trading and data on our cash equities markets and trading and clearing on 
our derivatives and energy markets are conducted exclusively on an electronic basis. SOLA, the MX proprietary trading system, is currently in use at 
BOX and other venues. In addition, MX provides the technical operations services related to BOX’s trading and surveillance platform. 

We have incident and disaster recovery and contingency plans as well as back-up procedures to manage, mitigate and minimize the risk of an 
interruption or failure of the critical information technology of Toronto Stock Exchange, TSX Venture Exchange, TMX Datalinx, NGX, MX, CDCC 
and BOX. We also test and exercise our disaster recovery plans for trading on Toronto Stock Exchange, TSX Venture Exchange, MX and CDCC, and, 
in the case of our cash equities markets, include customers in that process. However, depending on an actual failure, those plans may not be 
adequate as it is difficult to foresee every possible scenario and therefore we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of a system failure or interruption. 
We have experienced occasional information technology failures and delays in the past, and we could experience future information technology 
failures and delays.

The  current  technological  architecture  for  our  cash  equities,  energy,  derivatives  trading  and  clearing  and  market  data  information  technology 
systems may not effectively or efficiently support our changing business requirements. Over the past several years, we have made hardware and 
software upgrades in response to increases in order message and quote message volumes and transactions and to reduce overall average response 
time and optimize execution speeds to our cash equities, derivatives, energy and market data platforms. 

We  are  continually  improving  our  information  technology  systems  so  that  we  can  handle  increases  and  changes  in  our  trading  and  clearing 
activities  and  market  data  volumes  to  respond  to  customer  demand  for  improved  performance.  This  requires  ongoing  expenditures  which  may 
require us to expend significant amounts in the future. 

If the TSX Quantum trading enterprise, the SOLA derivatives trading enterprise or the SOLA Clearing platform fails to perform in accordance with 
expectations, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. 

If our systems are significantly compromised or disrupted or if we suffer repeated failures, this could interrupt our cash equities trading services, 
MX’s trading and CDCC’s and NGX’s clearing services, as well as the services MX provides to BOX; cause delays in settlement; cause us to lose data; 
corrupt our trading and clearing operations, data and records; or disrupt our business operations, including BOX’s operations. This could undermine 
confidence in our exchanges and materially adversely affect our reputation or operating results, and may lead to customer claims, litigation and 
regulatory sanctions.

Our Networks and Those of Our Third Party Service Providers May be Vulnerable to Security Risks

We expect the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks to continue to be a critical element of our operations. Our 
networks and those of our third party service providers, our POs and approved participants and our customers may be vulnerable to unauthorized 
access, computer viruses and other security problems. Persons who circumvent security measures could wrongfully use our information or cause 
interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems, including 
reputational  harm  and  litigation,  caused  by  any  breaches.  Although  we  intend  to  continue  to  implement  industry-standard  security  measures, 
these measures may prove to be inadequate and result in system failures and delays that could lower trading volume and have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   65

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  65

Interface/Dependency Risk

We Depend on Adequate Numbers of Customers

If we determine that there is not a fair market, the markets will be shut down. There will not be a fair market if too few POs, or approved participants 
are  able  to  access  our  cash  equity  or  derivatives  exchanges,  including  market  data  information  generated  from  these  exchanges,  or  if  too  few 
contracting parties are able to access NGX’s market. If trading on our exchanges is interrupted or ceases, it could materially adversely affect our 
equity, derivatives or energy operations, our financial condition and our operating results. 

Our Trading Operations Depend Primarily on a Small Number of Clients 

During 2010, approximately 34% of our trading revenue on Toronto Stock Exchange and approximately 62% of our trading revenue on TSX Venture 
Exchange  were  accounted  for  by  the  top  ten  POs  on  each  exchange.  Our  business,  financial  condition  or  operating  results  could  be  materially 
adversely affected if any one of these POs significantly reduced or stopped trading on our exchanges, or if two or more POs consolidated. 

NGX currently has over 200 customers but is heavily reliant on large participants with approximately 43% of transaction fee revenue coming from 
its top 10 customers.

We Depend on Third Party Suppliers

We  depend  on  a  number  of  third  parties,  such  as  CDS,  IIROC,  data  processors,  software  and  hardware  suppliers,  communication  and  network 
suppliers and suppliers of electricity for elements of our trading, data and other systems. These providers may not be able to provide these services 
without interruption and in an efficient, cost-effective manner. They also may not be able to adequately expand their services to meet our needs. 
If a service provider suffers an interruption in or stops providing services and we cannot make suitable alternative arrangements, it could materially 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We Depend on and Are Restricted by Our License Agreements and Other Arrangements

Some of our products and systems depend on license agreements with third parties, that have various terms. We may not be able to renew these 
agreements on favourable terms or at all. Any future license agreement may provide opportunities for us, but it may also impose restrictions on us. 
If we fail to renew certain of our license agreements on favourable terms or at all, it may materially adversely affect our business. 

Currency Risk

We Are Subject to Fluctuations in Exchange Rates 

We are exposed to foreign currency risk on revenue, cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable 
principally denominated in U.S. dollars. In 2010, we recognized U.S. dollar denominated revenue of approximately U.S. $105.0 million, including 
BOX, less various U.S. dollar expenses. The approximate impact of a 10% rise and a 10% decline in the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar on 
these transactions as at December 31, 2010 is a $5.3 million decrease or increase in net income respectively. At December 31, 2010, cash and cash 
equivalents and accounts receivable, excluding BOX, and current liabilities, excluding those of BOX, include US $13.4 million and US $0.8 million 
respectively, which are exposed to changes in the U.S. – Canadian dollar exchange rate. The approximate impact of a 10% rise in the Canadian dollar 
compared to the US dollar on these exposed balances at December 31, 2010 is a $1.3 million decrease in net income. The approximate impact of 
a 10% decline in the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar on these exposed balances at December 31, 2010 is a $1.3 million increase in net 
income. In addition, net assets related to BOX are denominated in US dollars, and the effect of exchange rate movements on our share of these 
net assets is included in other comprehensive income. The approximate impact of a 10% rise in the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar on 
the translation of the net assets related to BOX at December 31, 2010 is a $5.2 million decrease in other comprehensive income. The approximate 
impact of a 10% decline in the Canadian dollar compared to the US dollar on the translation of the net assets related to BOX at December 31, 2010 
is a $5.2 million increase in other comprehensive income.

We do not employ hedging strategies and therefore significant moves in exchange rates, specifically a strengthening of the Canadian dollar against 
the US dollar can have an adverse affect on the value of our revenue, expenses, or assets in Canadian dollars.

Credit Risk

We Could Suffer Losses as a Result of NGX’s Clearing Activities

NGX is the central counterparty to each transaction (whether it relates to natural gas, electricity or crude oil contracts) cleared through its clearing 
operations. By providing a clearing and settlement facility, NGX is subject to the risk of a counterparty defaulting simultaneously with an extreme 
market  price  movement.  NGX  manages  this  risk  by  applying  standard  rules  and  regulations,  and  using  a  conservative  margining  regime  based 
on  globally-accepted  margin  concepts.  This  margining  regime  involves  valuing  the  market  stress  of  client  portfolios  in  real-time  and  requiring 
participants to deposit liquid collateral in excess of those valuations. NGX conducts market stress scenarios regularly to test the ongoing integrity 

66  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   66

29/03/11   3:55 PM

of its clearing operation. NGX also relies on established policies, instructions, rules and regulations as well as procedures specifically designed to 
actively manage and mitigate risks. There is no assurance that these measures will be sufficient to protect us from a default or that our business, 
financial condition and results of operations will not be materially adversely affected in the event of a significant default.

To backstop its clearing operations, NGX has a credit agreement in place with a Canadian chartered bank which includes a US$100 million clearing 
backstop fund. We are NGX’s unsecured guarantor for this fund up to a maximum of US$100 million. In addition, NGX has covenanted under the 
agreement to maintain a minimum of $9 million of tangible net assets. If NGX suffers a loss on its clearing operations, it could lose its entire net 
worth. The bank could also realize up to a maximum of US$100 million on our unsecured guarantee, to the extent required to cover the loss.

NGX faces operational and other risks associated with the clearing business, which, if realized, could materially affect its business and operating results.

We  cannot  assure  that  these  measures  will  be  sufficient  to  protect  us  from  a  default  or  that  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations will not be materially adversely affected in the event of a significant default. 

We Could Suffer Losses as a Result of CDCC’s Clearing Activities

CDCC acts as the central counterparty and guarantor of all transactions executed on MX’s markets and on some OTC products. As a result, CDCC is 
exposed to the risk of default of its clearing members. CDCC primarily supports the risk of one or more counterparties, meeting strict financial and 
regulatory criteria, defaulting on their obligations, in which case the obligations of that counterparty would become the responsibility of CDCC. 
This risk is greater if market conditions are unfavourable at the time of the default. 

In order to manage the risks associated with the default of its clearing members, CDCC’s principal technique is the collection of risk-based margin 
deposits in the form of cash, equities and liquid government securities. Should a clearing member fail to meet a daily margin call or otherwise 
not honour its obligations under open futures and options contracts, margin deposits would be available to apply against the costs incurred to 
liquidate or transfer the clearing member’s positions. 

CDCC’s margining system is complemented by a Daily Capital Margin Monitoring (DCMM) process that permits it to evaluate the ability of a clearing 
member to meet its margining requirements. On a daily basis, CDCC monitors the margin requirement of a clearing member as a percentage of its 
capital (net allowable assets). CDCC will make additional margin calls when the ratio of margin requirement/net allowable assets exceeds 100%. 
The additional margin is equal to the excess of the ratio over 100%. 

CDCC also maintains a clearing fund through deposits of cash and highly liquid securities from all clearing members. The aggregate level of clearing 
funds required from all clearing members must cover the worst loss that CDCC could face if one counterparty was failing under various extreme 
but plausible market conditions. Each clearing member contributes to the clearing fund in proportion to its margin requirements. If, by a clearing 
member’s  default,  further  funding  is  necessary  to  complete  a  liquidation,  CDCC  has  the  right  to  require  other  clearing  members  to  contribute 
additional amounts equal to their previous contribution to the clearing fund.

We  cannot  assure  that  these  measures  will  be  sufficient  to  protect  us  from  a  default  or  that  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations will not be materially adversely affected in the event of a significant default. 

Our Derivatives Business Could be Harmed by a Systemic Market Event

In case of sudden, large price movements, such market participants may not be able to meet their obligations to brokers who, in turn, may not 
be able to meet their obligations to their counterparties. The impact of such an event could have a material adverse effect on our business. 
In such cases, it could be possible that clearing members default with CDCC. As referred to in the Credit Risk – CDCC section CDCC would use 
its risk management mechanisms to manage such a default. In extreme situations such as large scale market price moves or multiple defaults 
occurring at the same time, all these mechanisms may prove insufficient to cover losses and this would result in a loss. 

Litigation Risk

We Are Subject to Litigation Risks

Some aspects of our business involve risks of litigation. Dissatisfied customers, among others, may make claims with respect to the manner in 
which we operate or they may challenge our regulatory actions, decisions or jurisdiction. Although we benefit from certain contractual indemnities 
and limitations on liabilities, these rights may not be sufficient. In addition, with the introduction of civil liability for misrepresentations in our 
continuous  disclosure  documents  and  statements  and  the  failure  to  make  timely  disclosures  of  material  changes  in  Ontario  and  certain  other 
jurisdictions, dissatisfied shareholders can more easily make claims against us. We could incur significant legal expenses defending claims, even 
those without merit. If a lawsuit or claim is resolved against us, it could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and 
operating results.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   67

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  67

Integration Risk

We Face Risks Associated with Integrating the Operations, Systems and Personnel of New Acquisitions

As part of our strategy to sustain growth, we have and expect to continue to pursue appropriate acquisitions of other companies and technologies. 
An acquisition will only be successful if we can integrate the acquired businesses’ operations, products and personnel; retain key personnel; and 
expand our financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures to accommodate the acquired businesses. It is possible 
that integrating an acquisition could result in less management time being devoted to other parts of our core business. If an investment, acquisition 
or other transaction does not fulfill expectations, we may have to write down its value in the future or sell at a loss. 

Business Continuity/Geopolitical Risk

Geopolitical and Other Factors Could Interrupt Our Critical Business Functions

The continuity of our critical business functions could be interrupted by geopolitical upheaval, including terrorist, criminal, political and cyber, or by 
other types of external disruptions, including human error, natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, sabotage and vandalism.

We have a series of integrated disaster recovery and business continuity plans for critical business functions to mitigate the risk of an interruption. 
We currently maintain duplicate facilities to provide redundancy and back-up to reduce the risk and recovery time of system disruptions for key 
systems at Toronto Stock Exchange, TSX Venture Exchange, MX, CDCC and BOX. However, not all systems are duplicated, and any major disruption 
may affect our existing and back-up facilities. Any interruption in our services could impair our reputation, damage our brand name, and negatively 
impact our financial condition and operating results.

Intellectual Property Risk

We May Be Unable to Protect Our Intellectual Property

To  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  we  rely  on  a  combination  of  trade-mark  laws,  copyright  laws,  patent  laws,  trade  secret  protection, 
confidentiality agreements, and other contractual arrangements with our affiliates, customers, strategic partners, and others. This protection may 
not be adequate to deter others from misappropriating our proprietary information. We may not be able to detect the unauthorized use of, or take 
adequate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. We have registered, or applied to register, our trade-marks in Canada and in some other 
jurisdictions. If we fail to protect our intellectual property adequately, it could harm our brand and affect our ability to compete effectively. It could 
also take significant time and money to defend our intellectual property rights, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and 
operating results.

We license a variety of intellectual property from third parties. Others may bring infringement claims against us or our customers in the future 
because of an alleged breach of such a license. If someone successfully asserts an infringement claim, we may be required to spend significant 
time and money to develop or license intellectual property that does not infringe upon the rights of that other person or to obtain a license for 
the  intellectual  property  from  the  owner.  We  may  not  succeed  in  developing  or  obtaining  a  license  on  commercially  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all. 
In addition, any litigation could be lengthy and costly and could adversely affect us even if it is successful.

Corporate Structure Risk

We May Not be Able to Meet Cash Requirements Because of Our Holding Company Structure and Restrictions on 
Paying Dividends

As  a  holding  company,  our  ability  to  meet  our  cash  requirements  and  pay  dividends  on  our  shares  depends  in  large  part  upon  our  subsidiaries 
paying dividends and other amounts to us. Our subsidiaries must comply with corporate and securities laws and with their agreements before they 
can pay dividends to us. In particular, the recognition order of TSX Inc. provides that if TSX Inc. fails to maintain any of its financial viability tests 
for more than three months, TSX Inc. will not, without the prior approval of the Director of the OSC, pay dividends (among other things) until the 
deficiencies have been eliminated for at least six months or a shorter period of time as agreed by OSC staff. In addition, the recognition order of MX 
imposes similar restrictions on the payment of dividends. If MX fails to meet the financial viability ratios for more than three months, MX will not, 
without the prior approval of Quebec’s AMF, pay dividends (among other things) until the deficiencies have been eliminated for at least six months. 

68  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   68

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Restrictions on Ownership of TMX Group Shares May Restrict Trading and Transactions

Under the Securities Act (Ontario) and related regulations and orders, and pursuant to an undertaking we provided to the AMF as a condition to 
obtaining approval of the combination with MX, no person or company may own or exercise control or direction over more than 10% of any class or 
series of our voting shares, without obtaining the prior approval of the OSC and the AMF. Each of the OSC and the AMF will have complete discretion 
to grant its approval and may also change the 10% threshold in the future. A shareholder (or shareholders acting together) who contravenes these 
provisions may have its shares redeemed and have dividend and voting entitlements on its shares suspended. These restrictions may discourage 
trading  in  and  may  limit  the  market  for  our  shares,  may  discourage  potential  acquisition  and  strategic  alliance  proposals,  and  may  prevent 
transactions in which our shareholders could receive a premium for their shares.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   69

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  69

Management Statement

Management is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements, management’s discussion 
and  analysis,  and  other  information  in  this  annual  report.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  Canadian 
generally accepted accounting principles and, in the opinion of management, fairly reflect the financial position, results of operations and changes 
in  the  financial  position  of  TMX  Group  Inc.  Financial  information  contained  throughout  this  annual  report  is  consistent  with  the  consolidated 
financial statements. 

Acting  through  the  Finance  and  Audit  Committee,  comprised  of  non-management  directors,  all  of  whom  are  independent  directors  within  the 
meaning  of  Multilateral  Instrument  52-110-Audit  Committees,  the  Board  of  Directors  oversees  management’s  responsibility  for  financial 
reporting and internal control systems. The Finance and Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the consolidated financial statements and 
management’s  discussion  and  analysis  and  recommending  them  to  the  Board  of  Directors  for  approval.  To  discharge  its  duties  the  Committee 
meets with management and external auditors to discuss audit plans, internal controls over accounting and financial reporting processes, auditing 
matters and financial reporting issues. 

TMX Group’s external auditors appointed by the shareholders, KPMG LLP, are responsible for auditing the consolidated financial statements and  
expressing an opinion thereon. The external auditors have full and free access to, and meet periodically with, management and the Finance and 
Audit Committee to discuss the audit.

Thomas A. Kloet 
Chief Executive Officer 
TMX Group Inc. 
February 9, 2011

Michael Ptasznik 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
TMX Group Inc. 

70  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   70

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors' Report

To the Shareholders of TMX Group Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of TMX Group Inc. ("the Company"), which comprise the consolidated balance 
sheets as at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and 
cash flows for the years then ended, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  Canadian 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  for  such  internal  control  as  management  determines  is  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance 
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform an 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An  audit  involves  performing  procedures  to  obtain  audit  evidence  about  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  The  procedures 
selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to 
fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of 
the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion 
on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company's  internal  control.  An  audit  also  includes  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the 
reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TMX Group Inc. as at December 
31, 2010 and 2009 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with Canadian generally accepted 
accounting principles.

Chartered Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants 
Toronto, Canada 
February 9, 2011 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   71

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Management Statement & Auditors’ Report to Shareholders  71

 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 

(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars)
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents (note 4) 
  Marketable securities (note 4) 
  Restricted cash 
  Accounts receivable
  Energy contracts receivable (note 21)
  Fair value of open energy contracts (note 21) 
  Daily settlements and cash deposits (note 21) 
  Prepaid expenses 

Income taxes recoverable

  Future income tax assets (note 20) 

Premises and equipment (note 5)
Future income tax assets (note 20) 
Other assets (note 6) 
Investment in affiliate, at equity (note 7) 
Intangible assets (note 8) 
Goodwill (note 8) 
Total Assets
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  Energy contracts payable (note 21) 
  Fair value of open energy contracts (note 21)
  Daily settlements and cash deposits (note 21)
  Deferred revenue
  Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees (note 14)
  Fair value of interest rate swaps (note 11)
  Future income tax liabilities (note 20)
  Obligations under capital leases (note 12)

Income taxes payable

  Term loan (note 10)

Accrued employee benefits payable (note 9)
Obligations under capital leases (note 12)
Future income tax liabilities (note 20)
Other liabilities (note 13)
Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees (note 14)
Fair value of interest rate swaps (note 11)
Term loan (note 10)
Total Liabilities
Non-controlling Interests 
Shareholders’ Equity:
  Share capital (note 15) 
  Share option plan (note 17) 
  Deficit
  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Commitments and contingent liabilities (notes 12 and 25)
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

 Wayne Fox 
Chair 

J. Spencer Lanthier 
Director

72  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

December 31, 2010

December 31, 2009

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

 68,797
261,605
1,105
89,680
754,933
141,894
193,065
6,699
3,116
29,651
1,550,545
33,570
152,500
28,043
14,152
920,482
582,627
 3,281,919

 59,093 
754,933
141,894
193,065
18,651
88,887
697
10
3,326
6,090
429,754
1,696,400
12,843
3,799
236,736
23,259
1,011
444,338
–
–
2,418,386
10,422

1,104,131
11,220
(261,727)
(513)
853,111

 87,978 
103,169 
911
79,427
714,545
202,760
565,408
6,032
4,619
26,675
1,791,524
31,556
144,551
27,745
12,845
932,443
583,811
 3,524,475 

 44,883 
714,545
202,760
565,408
15,074
78,001
2,117
118
3,413
3,232
–
1,629,551
12,787
5,512
234,697
21,832
882
405,123
3,584
429,016
2,742,984
10,915

1,102,619
8,708
(343,975)
3,224
770,576

  $ 

 3,281,919

  $ 

 3,524,475 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   72

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars,	except	per	share	amounts)
Revenue:

2010

2009

Issuer services

  Trading, clearing and related 

Information services 

  Technology services and other 

Total revenue

Expenses:
  Compensation and benefits

Information and trading systems

  General and administration
  Amortization
  Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Income from investment in affiliate
Unrealized loss on investment carried at cost (note 21)
Investment income
Goodwill impairment charge 
Interest expense (note 10)
Net mark to market on interest rate swaps (note 11)

Income before income taxes

Income taxes (note 20)

Net income before non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests 

Net income

Earnings per share (note 19):
  Basic
  Diluted

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

  $ 

   $ 

 162,955
242,165
154,415
15,928
575,463

133,478
47,773
72,967
32,307
286,525

 142,962 
237,535
149,004
30,631
560,132

129,369
46,120
69,266
32,194
276,949

288,938

283,183

1,307
(1,662)
5,212
–
(6,205)
(223)

420
–
4,623
(77,255)
(6,071)
(1,414)

287,367

203,486

90,741

96,952

196,626

106,534

91

1,833

  $ 

 196,535

  $ 

 104,701 

  $ 
  $ 

 2.64
 2.64

  $ 
  $ 

 1.41 
 1.41 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   73

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Consolidated Financial Statements  73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars)

2010

2009

Net income

Other comprehensive loss:

  $ 

 196,535

  $ 

 104,701 

  Unrealized loss on translating financial statements of self-sustaining foreign operations (net of tax – $nil) 

(3,737)

(20,880)

Comprehensive income

  $ 

 192,798

  $ 

 83,821 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

74  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   74

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes  
in Shareholders’ Equity

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars)

2010

2009

Common shares:
  Balance, beginning of period
Issuance of common shares 
  Proceeds from options exercised
  Cost of exercised options
  Purchased under normal course issuer bid 
  Balance, end of period

Share option plan:
  Balance, beginning of period
  Cost of exercised options
  Cost of share option plan
  Balance, end of period

Deficit:
  Balance, beginning of period
  Net income
  Dividends on common shares
  Shares purchased under normal course issuer bid 
  Balance, end of period

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:
  Balance, beginning of period
  Unrealized loss on translating financial statements of self-sustaining foreign operations 
  Balance, end of period

  $ 

  $ 

 1,102,619 
–
1,226
286
–
1,104,131

 1,084,399 
32,052
573
170
(14,575)
1,102,619

 8,708 
(286)
2,798
11,220

 (343,975)
196,535
(114,287)
–
(261,727)

3,224
(3,737)
(513)

 5,969 
(170)
2,909
8,708

 (319,843)
104,701
(112,973)
(15,860)
(343,975)

24,104
(20,880)
3,224

Shareholders’ equity, end of period

  $ 

 853,111 

  $ 

 770,576 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   75

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Consolidated Financial Statements  75

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009	(In	thousands	of	Canadian	dollars)
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities:
  Net income
  Adjustments to determine net cash flows:

2010

2009

  $ 

 196,535

  $ 

 104,701 

  Amortization
  Unrealized loss on marketable securities
  Income from investment in affiliate, at equity
  Unrealized loss on investment carried at cost (note 21)
  Cost of share option plan
  Amortized financing fees
  Non-controlling interests
  Goodwill impairment charge 
  Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps (note 11)
  Unrealized foreign exchange loss 
  Future income taxes
  Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses
  Other assets
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  Long-term accrued and other liabilities
  Deferred revenue
  Income taxes

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities:
  Reduction in obligation under capital lease
  Restricted cash
  Proceeds from exercised options
  Dividends on common shares
  Shares purchased under normal course issuer bid 
  Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities:

Additions to premises and equipment
Additions to intangible assets
Marketable securities
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (note 2) 

Unrealized foreign exchange loss on cash and cash equivalents held in foreign subsidiaries

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid
Interest received
Income taxes paid

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

32,307
635
(1,307)
1,662
2,798
738
91
–
(5,004)
141
(8,994)
(11,124)
(1,960)
14,529
1,018
53,807
4,325
280,197

(3,850)
(194)
1,226
(114,287)
–
–
(117,105)

(12,813)
(9,684)
(159,071)
–
(181,568)
(705)

32,194
153
(420)
–
2,909
738
1,833
77,255
(6,776)
343
3,476
(12,524)
(9,226)
(10,409)
2,506
33,154
(15,030)
204,877

(2,754)
543
573
(112,973)
(30,435)
(6,353)
(151,399)

(7,136)
(13,152)
(7,071)
(37,932)
(65,291)
(2,651)

  $ 

  $ 

(19,181)

(14,464)

87,978
 68,797

  $ 

102,442
 87,978 

  $ 

 5,748
5,419
95,385

 4,619 
 3,962
 110,350

76  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   76

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

TMX  Group  Inc.  owns  and  operates  two  national  stock  exchanges,  Toronto  Stock  Exchange,  serving  the  senior  equity  market  and  TSX  Venture 
Exchange, serving the public venture equity market, Montréal Exchange Inc. (“MX”), Canada’s national derivatives exchange, Natural Gas Exchange 
Inc. (“NGX”), an exchange providing a platform for the trading and clearing of natural gas, electricity, and crude oil contracts in North America, 
Shorcan  Brokers  Limited  (“Shorcan”),  an  inter-dealer  broker,  and  The  Equicom  Group  Inc.  (“Equicom”),  providing  investor  relations  and  related 
corporate communications services.

1.  Significant Accounting Policies:

(a)  Basis of presentation:

The consolidated financial statements (the “financial statements”) have been prepared by management in accordance with Canadian generally 
accepted  accounting  principles  (“GAAP”),  and  they  include  the  accounts  of  TMX  Group  Inc.  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  including 
TSX  Inc.  (“TSX”),  MX,  NGX,  Shorcan,  Equicom,  CDEX  Inc.  to  September  8,  2010,  NetThruPut  Inc.  (“NTP”)  from  May  1,  2009,  TMX  Exchange 
Services Limited from October 26, 2010, TMX Select Inc. from August 3, 2010 and the wholly-owned or controlled subsidiaries of TSX, MX, NGX 
and Shorcan, collectively referred to as the “Company”. 

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent assets and contingent liabilities as at the date of the financial statements, 
and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the year, along with related disclosures. Areas where management has applied 
significant  judgement  include  deferred  revenue  –  initial  and  additional  listing  fees,  the  carrying  values  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets, 
pensions and other post-employment benefits, long term incentive plan liabilities, income taxes, bad debt provisions, sales return provisions, 
obligations under capital leases and the fair value of financial instruments including open energy contracts. Actual results could differ from 
those estimates.

(b)  Basis of consolidation:

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company, and they are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company 
until the date that control ceases. 

Equity  accounted  investees  are  entities  in  which  the  Company  has  significant  influence,  but  not  control,  over  the  financial  and  operating 
policies. Investments in these entities are recognized initially at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in full on consolidation.

(c)  Premises and equipment:

Premises and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization, and any impairment in value. 

Amortization is provided over the following useful lives of the assets:

Asset

Basis

Rate

Computers and electronic trading equipment
Computers and electronic trading equipment under capital leases
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
Leasehold improvements

Straight line
Straight line
Straight line
Straight line

3–5 Years
Over the term of the leases
5 Years
Over terms of various leases to a maximum of 15 Years

Legal  obligations  associated  with  the  restoration  costs  on  the  retirement  of  premises  and  equipment  are  recognized  as  incurred. 
The  obligations  are  initially  measured  at  an  estimated  fair  value  of  the  future  cost  discounted  to  present  value,  and  a  corresponding 
amount is capitalized with the related assets and depreciated in line with the above useful lives.

Premises  and  equipment  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of 
an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  assets  is  measured  by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  estimated 
undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted 
future cash flows, the Company will then determine the fair value of the asset, and will recognize an impairment charge equal to the excess of 
the carrying value over the fair value.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  77

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   77

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

(d)  Revenue recognition:

Revenue for goods and services is recognized when the services are provided or the goods are sold. 

Issuer  services  revenues  are  derived  primarily  from  recurring  annual  sustaining  fees  and  transaction-based  fees  for  initial  and  additional 
listings. Sustaining fees for existing issuers are billed during the first quarter of the year and the amount is recorded as deferred revenue and 
amortized over the year on a straight-line basis. Initial and additional listing fees are recorded as deferred revenue – initial and additional 
listing fees and are recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimated service period of ten years.

Trading and related revenues for cash markets and derivatives trading are recorded and recognized as revenue in the month in which the trades 
are executed or when the related services are provided.

Clearing revenue related to derivatives clearing is recognized in the month in which the settlement of the related transaction occurs.

Trading,  clearing,  settlement  and  related  revenues  relating  to  NGX  trading  and  clearing  are  recognized  over  the  period  the  services  are 
provided. Revenues and expenses related to the value of energy products traded or swap differential payments made during the year, and 
unrealized gains and losses on open energy contracts, are not recognized in these consolidated financial statements as NGX does not function 
as principal in these trading activities.

Information  services  revenue  is  derived  primarily  from  real  time  market  data  revenue  which  is  recognized  based  on  usage  as  reported  by 
customers and vendors, less a provision for sales returns from the same customers. The Company conducts periodic audits of the information 
provided and records additional revenues, if any, at the time that collectability of the revenues is reasonably assured. Fixed income indices 
revenue is recognized over the period the service is provided. Boston Options Exchange Group, LLC’s (“BOX”) revenue from the Options Price 
Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) is received quarterly based on its pro-rata share of industry trade (not contract) volume. Estimates of OPRA’s 
quarterly revenue are made and accrued each month. Other information services revenue is recorded and recognized as revenue in the month 
in which the services are provided.

Technology services and other revenue includes revenue from technology license fees which is recognized in the month of transfer of the license to 
the customer. Other technology services and other revenue is recorded and recognized as revenue in the month in which the services are provided. 

(e)  Income taxes:

Future income taxes are provided in recognition of temporary differences between: (i) the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their 
respective  tax  bases,  (ii)  operating  losses,  and  (iii)  tax  credit  carry  forwards  made  for  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  purposes.  Future 
income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the 
periods in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on future income tax assets and liabilities of 
a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period in which the enactments or substantive enactments occur. Where realization of a 
future tax asset is not considered “more likely than not”, a valuation allowance is provided against that asset.

(f)  Employee future benefits:

TSX, TSX Venture Exchange Inc. and NGX have registered pension plans with a defined benefits tier and a defined contributions tier covering 
substantially all of their employees, as well as a retirement compensation arrangement (“RCA”) for senior management, and MX has a defined 
benefit registered pension plan for certain former officers. Benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation. The costs 
of these programs are being funded currently, except for MX, where a portion is guaranteed by a letter of credit. In addition, the Company 
provides other employee future benefits, such as supplementary medical and dental coverage, to defined eligible employees (“other benefit 
plans”). The cost of the other benefit plans is not being funded, however, a provision for this has been made in the accounts.

The Company accrues its obligations under employee defined benefit plans as the employees render the services necessary to earn pension 
and other employee future benefits.

The Company has adopted the following policies for its defined benefit plans:

(i) 

 The  cost  of  defined  benefit  pensions  and  other  retirement  benefits  earned  by  employees  is  actuarially  determined  using  the  projected 
benefit method prorated on service and management’s best estimate of salary escalation, retirement ages and expected health care cost.

(ii) 

For the purpose of calculating expected return on plan assets, those assets are valued at fair value.

(iii) 

 Past service costs from plan amendments or initiation are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected average remaining service 
period of employees active at the time of the amendment.

78  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   78

29/03/11   3:55 PM

(iv)  

 Actuarial gains (losses) on plan assets arise from the difference between the actual return on plan assets for a period and the expected 
return on plan assets for that period. Actuarial gains (losses) on the accrued benefit obligation arise from differences between actual 
and expected experience and from changes in the actuarial assumptions used to determine the accrued benefit obligation. The excess of 
the net accumulated actuarial gain (loss) over 10% of the greater of the accrued benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets is 
amortized over the expected average remaining service period of active employees.

(v) 

 When a restructuring of a benefit plan gives rise to both a curtailment and a settlement of obligations, the curtailment is accounted for 
prior to the settlement.

For defined contribution plans, the expense is charged to the income statement as incurred.

(g) Intangible assets:

Intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization, where applicable, and any impairment in value.

Amortization, where applicable, is provided over the following useful lives of the intangible assets:

Asset
Indefinite life intangibles
Derivative products
Trade names
Regulatory designation
Crude oil products
Index licenses

Definite life intangibles
Customer bases
Customer bases
Data license 
Capitalized software and software development 

Basis

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

Declining balance
Straight line
Straight line 
Straight line 

Rate

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

2–7%
3–30 Years
10 Years
5 Years

Indefinite  life  intangible  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  at  least  annually.  When  the  carrying  amount  of  the  intangible  asset  exceeds 
the fair value of the intangible asset, an impairment loss is recognized as an amount equal to the excess and is identified separately on the 
statement of income.

Definite  life  intangibles  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of 
the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  assets  is  measured  by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  estimated 
undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted 
cash flows, the Company will then determine the fair value of the asset, and will recognize an impairment charge equal to the excess of the 
carrying value over the fair value.

(h) Goodwill:

Goodwill is recognized at cost less any subsequent impairment in value. Goodwill is the residual amount that results when the purchase price 
of an acquired business exceeds the sum of the amounts allocated to the assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based on their fair values. 
Goodwill is allocated as of the effective date of the transaction.

Goodwill  is  not  amortized  and  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that 
the asset might be impaired. The impairment test is carried out in two steps. In the first step, the carrying amount of the reporting unit is 
compared with its fair value. When the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered 
not to be impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. 

The second step is carried out when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, in which case the implied fair value of the 
reporting unit’s goodwill is compared with its carrying amount to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. The implied fair value of 
goodwill is determined in the same manner as the value of goodwill is initially determined as described in the preceding paragraph, using the fair 
value of the reporting unit as if it were the purchase price. When the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value 
of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess and is identified separately on the statement of income.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   79

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  79

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

(i)  Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the reporting period. 

Diluted earnings per share are computed similar to basic earnings per share except that the weighted average shares outstanding are increased 
to include additional shares from the assumed exercise of share options, if dilutive. The number of additional shares is calculated using the 
treasury stock method which assumes that outstanding share options were exercised and that the proceeds from such exercises were used to 
acquire common shares at the average market price during the reporting period.

(j)  Share-based compensation:

The Company has both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based compensation plans, which are described in notes 17 and 18. The Company 
accounts for all share-based payments to eligible employees that call for settlement by the issuance of equity instruments, granted on or after 
January 1, 2003, using the fair value based method. Under the fair value based method, compensation cost attributable to options to employees 
is measured at fair value at the grant date, using a recognized option pricing model, and amortized over the vesting period. Compensation cost 
attributable to awards to employees that call for settlement in cash is measured at intrinsic value and amortized over the vesting period. Changes 
in intrinsic value between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the measure of compensation cost.

No compensation cost is recognized for options or cash-settled awards that employees forfeit if they fail to satisfy the service requirement 
for vesting. 

(k) Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and liquid investments having an original maturity of three months or less and are carried at their 
estimated fair values, with changes in their fair values being recorded in net income in the period in which they occur. Estimated fair values of 
the investments are determined based on quoted market values.

(l)  Restricted cash:

MX  operates  a  separate  regulatory  division,  responsible  for  the  approval  of  participants  and  market  regulation,  which  operates  on  a  cost 
recovery basis. Restricted cash represents the surplus of this regulatory division. An equivalent and off-setting amount is included in accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities.

(m) Financial Instruments:

The  company  classifies  its  financial  assets  and  liabilities  according  to  their  characteristics  and  the  purpose  for  which  they  were  acquired, 
as follows:

Held	for	trading:

Held  for  trading  includes  classified  derivatives  and  financial  assets  or  liabilities  designated  by  the  Company  as  held  for  trading  on  initial 
recognition. These are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized through net income.

Loans	and	receivables:

Loans and receivables includes non-derivative financial assets and liabilities with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted on an 
active market. These are recorded initially at fair value, then at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Held	to	maturity:

Held to maturity includes non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and a fixed maturity, and the Company intends 
and is able to hold to maturity. These are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective 
interest method.

Available-for-sale:

Available-for-sale includes non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale and that are not classified in any of the 
previous categories. These are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the 
asset is sold or if an unrealized loss is considered other than temporary. Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market 
price are measured at cost.

80  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   80

29/03/11   3:55 PM

(n) Daily settlements and cash deposits:

The  amounts  due  from  and  to  Clearing  Members  of  the  Canadian  Derivatives  Clearing  Corporation  (“CDCC”)  as  a  result  of  marking  open 
futures positions to market and settling option transactions each day are required to be collected from or paid to Clearing Members prior to 
the commencement of trading the next day. Daily settlements and cash deposits also include cash margin deposits and clearing fund cash 
deposits of Clearing Members held in the name of CDCC. The amounts due from Clearing Members are presented as an asset in the balance 
sheet and are not offset against the amounts due to other Clearing Members, which are presented as a liability. There is no impact on the 
consolidated statements of income.

(o)  Energy contracts:

NGX  energy  contracts  receivable  and  payable  positions  are  recognized  for  all  contracts  where  physical  delivery  has  occurred  or  financial 
settlement  amounts  have  been  determined  prior  to  the  period  end  but  payments  have  not  yet  been  made.  There  is  no  impact  on  the 
consolidated statements of income.

The  fair  value  at  the  balance  sheet  date  of  the  undelivered  physically  settled  trading  contracts  and  the  forward  financially  settled  trading 
contracts is recognized in the consolidated assets and liabilities as open energy contracts. There is no impact on the consolidated statements 
of income.

(p)  Foreign currency translation:

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s self-sustaining foreign operations, which include BOX, are translated at the rate of exchange in 
effect at the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the relevant average monthly exchange rates. The resulting unrealized 
exchange gain or loss is included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income within shareholders’ equity. 

The Company’s integrated foreign operations are translated using the temporal method. Under this method, monetary assets and liabilities 
are translated at the rate of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenue and expenses are translated at the relevant average 
monthly exchange rates. Non-monetary assets, and any associated amortization charges, are translated at historical exchange rates. Resulting 
foreign exchange gains and losses are included in Technology services and other revenue for the period. 

Revenues earned, expenses incurred and capital assets purchased in foreign currencies are translated at the prevailing exchange rate on the 
transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the period end rate. Resulting foreign 
exchange gains and losses are included in Technology services and other revenue for the period. 

(q) Future accounting changes:

International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(“IFRS”):

In March 2009, the Canadian Accounting Standards Board reconfirmed in its second omnibus Exposure Draft that Canadian GAAP for publicly 
accountable  enterprises  will  be  replaced  by  IFRS  for  interim  and  annual  financial  statements  relating  to  fiscal  years  beginning  on  or  after 
January  1,  2011.  Accordingly,  these  financial  statements  will  be  the  last  prepared  by  the  Company  under  pre-conversion  Canadian  GAAP, 
and  the  conversion  to  IFRS  will  be  applicable  to  the  Company’s  reporting  for  the  first  quarter  of  2011,  for  which  current  and  comparative 
information will be prepared under IFRS. The Company will also present an opening IFRS statement of financial position, or balance sheet, as at 
January 1, 2010, the Company’s date of transition, as part of the Company’s 2011 interim and annual financial statements. 

2.  Business acquisition:

On May 1, 2009, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of NTP. The principal business activity of NTP is to provide an 
electronic trading platform and clearing facility for physical crude oil products. The aggregate purchase price consisted of:

Common shares of TMX Group (878,059 shares issued)
Cash
Book value of the option to acquire NTP
Direct transaction costs
Restructuring costs
Aggregate purchase price

  $ 

  $ 

32,052
 23,680
9,500
 1,242
401 
 66,875

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   81

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  81

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  under  the  purchase  method  and  the  results  of  operations  have  been  included  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income from the date of acquisition. 

The restructuring costs primarily relate to the costs of consolidating NGX and NTP’s technology services and offices.

The  Company’s  common  shares  issued  as  part  of  the  transaction  were  valued  at  $36.50  per  share.  The  $36.50  per  share  represents  the 
volume weighted average market price of the Company’s common shares over a reasonable period before and after April 1, 2009, the day 
the  Company  exercised  its  option  to  acquire  NTP.  The  purchase  price  has  been  allocated  to  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities assumed as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Energy contracts receivable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Other current assets
Premises and equipment
Future income tax asset
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Net tangible and intangible assets acquired
Less liabilities assumed:
Current liabilities
Energy contracts payable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Other liabilities
Future income tax liability 
Total net assets acquired 

Net assets acquired
 643
  $ 
363,140 
4,297 
4,012
25
901
49,620
30,581
453,219

4,395
363,140
4,297
8
14,504
 66,875

  $ 

The Company recognized $80,201 of goodwill and intangible assets as part of the acquisition. The details of these assets are as follows:

Description

Goodwill

Indefinite life intangible assets:
Product list
Index licenses

Definite life intangible assets:
Customer base
Capitalized software 
Total goodwill and intangible assets 

* 22 years on acquisition

Amortization 
Period

Amount

n/a

  $ 

 30,581 

Not amortized
Not amortized

21 years* 
1 year

  $ 

14,863
1,854

32,828
75
 80,201

The goodwill acquired is not deductible for tax purposes.

Crude oil contracts entered into on or after May 1, 2009, transact through NGX and follow NGX’s collateral model, where each contracting 
party is required to provide collateral, in the form of cash or letters of credit, which exceeds its outstanding credit exposure as determined by 
NGX in accordance with its margining methodology. 

82  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   82

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
3.  Segmented information:

The Company operates in three reportable segments: the Cash Markets (“Cash”) segment, the Derivatives Markets (“Derivatives”) segment, 
and the Energy Markets (“Energy”) segment. In the Cash segment, the Company owns and operates Canada’s two national stock exchanges, 
Toronto  Stock  Exchange  and  TSX  Venture  Exchange,  Shorcan,  a  fixed  income  inter-dealer  broker,  and  Equicom,  an  investor  relations  and 
corporate communications services provider. The Derivatives segment provides markets for trading derivatives, clearing options and futures 
contracts and certain over-the-counter (“OTC”) products through MX and its subsidiaries, CDCC, Montréal Climate Exchange Inc. (“MCeX”), 
and BOX. In the year ended December 31, 2009, the Derivatives segment included a $77,255 goodwill impairment charge relating to BOX. The 
Energy segment provides a platform for the trading and clearing of natural gas, electricity and crude oil contracts through NGX, and includes 
the brokering of crude oil through Shorcan Energy Brokers Inc. (“Shorcan Energy”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Shorcan. 

Cash

Derivatives

Energy

Total

Year ended December 31*

2010
  Issuer services
  Trading, clearing and related
  Information services
  Technology services and other
Total revenue

Net income
Goodwill
Total assets

2009

Issuer services

  Trading, clearing and related

Information services

  Technology services and other
Total revenue

Net income
Goodwill
Total assets
* Includes results from dates of acquisitions in the year

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

162,955 
113,131
138,514
10,575
425,175

158,055
116,912
643,546

142,962 
119,575
132,589
11,805
406,931

133,518
116,913
522,090

–
83,679
15,318
5,331
104,328

26,157
413,856
1,592,438

–
78,533
16,220
19,193
113,946

(42,905)
415,039
1,942,921

4.  Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities:

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities are comprised of:

Cash
Overnight money market
Treasury bills
Cash and cash equivalents

Money market funds
Bonds and bond funds
Marketable securities

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk on its marketable securities is discussed in note 22.

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

–
45,355
583
22
45,960

12,323
51,859
1,045,935

  $ 

–
39,427
195
(367)
39,255

14,088
51,859
1,059,464

162,955 
242,165
154,415
15,928
575,463

196,535
582,627
3,281,919

142,962 
237,535
149,004
30,631
560,132

104,701
583,811
3,524,475

2010
24,272 
43,779
746
68,797 

148,402 
113,203
261,605 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009
49,888 
36,062
2,028
87,978 

30,619 
72,550
103,169

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   83

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

5.  Premises and equipment:

Premises and equipment are comprised of:

As at December 31, 2010

Computers and electronic trading equipment
Computers and electronic trading equipment under capital leases
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
Leasehold improvements

As at December 31, 2009

Computers and electronic trading equipment
Computers and electronic trading equipment under capital leases
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
Leasehold improvements

Cost

63,759 
12,574
16,712
53,556
146,601 

Cost

58,515
11,608
16,411
48,630
135,164 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Accumulated  
amortization

Net book value

51,112 
5,634
15,649
40,636
113,031 

  $ 

  $ 

12,647
6,940
1,063
12,920
33,570 

Accumulated  
amortization

Net book value

47,517
2,762
15,268
38,061
103,608 

  $ 

  $ 

10,998
8,846
1,143
10,569
31,556 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization above include the effects of foreign exchange translation for the US dollar (“USD”) 
denominated assets where applicable.

Amortization charged for the year was $12,957 (2009 – $14,191).

6.  Other assets:

As at December 31

Accrued benefit assets (note 9)
Investments carried at cost (note 21)
Other 

7.  Investment in affiliate:

2010

21,252
6,617
174
28,043 

  $ 

  $ 

2009

19,259
8,280
206
27,745

  $ 

  $ 

The  Company  owns  a  47%  equity  interest  in  CanDeal.ca  Inc.  (“CanDeal”),  an  electronic  trading  system  for  the  institutional  debt  market. 
The investment is accounted for using the equity method. As part of the investment, the Company and CanDeal entered into an agreement 
under  which  the  Company  would  provide  technological  services  in  support  of  CanDeal’s  electronic  trading  system.  This  agreement  was 
terminated  during  2009.  In  2010,  the  Company  charged  CanDeal  $nil  (2009  –  $135)  for  technology  services  and  remitted  to  CanDeal  $563 
(2009 – $1,548) as part of a revenue sharing arrangement. 

8.  Goodwill and intangible assets:

(a) Impairment:

(i) Goodwill:

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis during the fourth quarter of 2010 and determined that the fair values of 
each of its reporting units exceeded their carrying values. Therefore, the second step of the impairment test was not required. 

In assessing whether or not there is an impairment, the Company uses an income approach, based on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model, 
to  determine  the  fair  value  of  its  reporting  units.  If  there  is  indication  of  impairment,  the  Company  uses  the  DCF  model  to  estimate  the 
amount of impairment. Under the DCF approach, the Company estimates the discounted future cash flows for five to eight years, depending 

84  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   84

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
on the reporting unit, along with a terminal value. The future cash flows are based on the Company’s estimates of expected future operating 
results,  economic  conditions  and  a  general  outlook  for  the  industry  in  which  the  reporting  unit  operates.  The  discount  rates  used  by  the 
Company consider the weighted average cost of capital of the Company and certain risk premiums. The terminal value is the value attributed 
to the reporting unit’s operations beyond the projected time period using a perpetuity rate based on expected economic conditions and a 
general outlook for the industry. A market comparative approach is also used to assess the reasonableness of the fair value determined under 
the DCF model.

The tests referred to above require the Company to make various assumptions regarding projected cash flows, including long-term growth 
rates, and discount rates for the various reporting units. These assumptions are subjective judgments based on the Company’s experience, 
knowledge of operations and knowledge of the economic environment in which it operates. It is possible that, if future cash flow projections, 
long-term projections or discount rates are significantly different to those used, the outcome of future impairment tests could result in a 
different outcome with reporting units and their associated goodwill being impaired.

(ii) Intangible assets:

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2010,  the  Company  performed  impairment  analyses  on  its  indefinite  life  intangibles  and  on  its  definite  life 
intangibles where circumstances indicated that the asset may be impaired. The Company determined that the carrying values of its intangible 
assets were not impaired. 

Recoverability of definite life intangible assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted 
future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. The fair values of the indefinite life intangibles were determined using a DCF model, 
based on various assumptions regarding projected cash flows, including long term growth rates and discount rates. These assumptions are 
subjective judgments based on the Company’s experience, knowledge of operations and knowledge of the economic environment in which it 
operates. It is possible that, if future cash flow projections or discount rates are significantly different to those used, the outcome of future 
impairment tests could result in an impairment of one or more of the Company’s intangible assets. 

(b) Goodwill:

A summary of the changes in goodwill is as follows:

Balance, beginning of year
Purchase price adjustment related to BOX
Acquisition of NTP (note 2)
Other acquisitions and adjustments
Foreign exchange movement
Impairment charge
Balance, end of year

(c) Intangible assets:

A summary of the Company’s intangible assets is as follows:

  $ 

  $ 

2010
583,811 
–
–
–
(1,184)
–
582,627 

  $ 

  $ 

2009
650,554 
(7,778)
30,581
3,065
(15,356)
(77,255)
583,811

Indefinite life 
Derivative products
Trade names
Regulatory designation
Crude oil products
Index licenses

Definite life
Capitalized software and  
  software development
Customer bases
Data licenses

Gross carrying 
amount

2010
Accumulated 
amortization

Net book 
value 

Gross carrying 
amount

2009
Accumulated 
amortization

Net book 
value

  $ 

630,926 
28,214
2,000
14,863
1,855
677,858

47,327
249,574
6,500
303,401

  $ 

  $ 

–
–
–
–
–
–

15,776
42,293
2,708
60,777

  $ 

  $ 

630,926 
28,214
2,000
14,863
1,855
677,858

31,551
207,281
3,792
242,624

630,926 
28,214
2,000
14,863
1,855
677,858

40,441
250,731
6,500
297,672

  $ 

–
–
–
–
–
–

8,321
32,708
2,058
43,087

630,926 
28,214
2,000
14,863
1,855
677,858

32,120
218,023
4,442
254,585

  $ 

981,259

  $ 

60,777

  $ 

920,482

  $ 

975,530 

  $ 

43,087 

  $ 

932,443

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  85

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   85

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

The gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization above include the effects of foreign exchange translation for the USD denominated 
assets where applicable.

During 2010, the Company capitalized $9,684 of software and software development costs (2009 – $13,152). 

During 2010, the Company recognized amortization expense of $19,350 (2009 – $18,003).

9.  Employee future benefits:

Information about the Company’s benefit plans is as follows:

Total cash amounts recognized as paid or payable for employee future benefits in 2010, consisting of employer contributions to the defined 
benefit pension plans, employer contributions to the other benefit plans, and employer contributions to the defined contribution plans, was 
$8,438 (2009 – $15,200).

Defined benefit plans:

The  Company,  excluding  MX,  measures  its  accrued  benefit  obligations  and  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  accounting  purposes  as  at 
September 30 of each year. The measurement date for MX plan assets and accrued benefit obligations is December 31 of each year. For the 
Company, excluding MX, the most recent actuarial valuation of the registered pension plan for funding purposes was as at December 31, 2009, 
and the next required valuation is as at December 31, 2012 (as at December 31, 2010 for NGX plan). For the RCA plan, the most recent actuarial 
valuation for funding purposes was as at December 31, 2009, and the next required valuation is as at December 31, 2010. For the MX plan, 
the  most  recent  actuarial  valuation  for  funding  purposes  was  as  at  January  1,  2009  and  the  next  required  valuation  will  be  no  later  than 
December 31, 2011, or at the date of a plan amendment, if earlier.

Accrued  benefit  assets  and  accrued  benefit  obligations  related  to  the  Company’s  defined  benefit  plans  are  included  in  the  consolidated 
balance sheet as follows:

As at December 31

2010

2009

2010

2009

Pension and RCA plans

Other benefit plans

Other assets 
Accrued employee benefits payable
Total

  $ 

  $ 

21,252
–
21,252

   $ 

   $ 

19,259 
 –
19,259 

  $ 

  $ 

–
(12,843)
(12,843)

  $ 

   $ 

– 
(12,787)
(12,787)

86  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   86

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
Further details on the changes in these balances over the year are as follows:

Pension and RCA plans

Other benefit plans

As at December 31
Accrued benefit obligation:
Balance, beginning of year
Adjustment for inclusion of subsidiary employees
Current service cost
Interest cost
Benefits paid
Employee contributions
Actuarial losses (gains)
Reduction in obligation due to settlement
Curtailment gain
Special termination benefits
Plan amendments
Balance, end of year
Plan assets:
Fair value, beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Employee contributions
Benefits paid
Net transfers out
Fair value, end of year
Funded status-plan surplus (deficit)
Unamortized net actuarial loss 
Employer contributions after measurement date
Unamortized past service costs
Accrued benefit asset (liability) 

Plan assets consist of:

Asset category

Equity securities
Debt securities
Canada Revenue Agency refundable tax account 

2010

51,956
–
1,687
3,580
(2,905)
218
10,731
–
–
–
–
65,267

63,587
4,729
4,948
218
(2,905)
–
70,577
5,310
15,733
205
4
21,252

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

  $ 
   $ 

  $ 

2009

51,293 
–
1,699
3,505
(3,851)
239
700
(1,902)
–
228
45
51,956 

54,058 
2,789
12,254
239
(3,851)
(1,902)
63,587 
11,631 
6,523
1,010
95
19,259 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

2010

7,481
–
341
514
(239)
–
2,712
–
(16)
–
–
10,793

– 
–
239
–
(239)
–
– 
(10,793)
2,864
58
(4,972)
(12,843)

   $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
   $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Percentage of plan assets

2010
49%
38%
13%
100%

The elements of the Company’s defined benefit plan costs recognized in the year are as follows:

As at December 31

Current service cost
Interest cost
Actual return on plan assets
Plan amendments
Adjustment for inclusion of subsidiary employees
Special termination benefits
Curtailment gain
Actuarial losses (gains)

  $ 

 Pension and RCA plans

Other benefit plans

   $ 

2010

1,687
3,580
(4,729)
–
–
–
–
10,731
11,269

  $ 

2009

1,699 
3,505
(2,789)
45
–
228
–
700
3,388

   $ 

2010

341
514
–
–
–
–
(3)
2,712
3,564

2009

8,829 
1,098
269
430
(202)
–
(34)
–
–
–
(2,909)
7,481 

– 
–
202
–
(202)
–
– 
(7,481) 
153
58
(5,517)
(12,787)

2009
50%
36%
14%
100%

2009

269 
430
–
(2,909)
1,098
–
–
(34)
(1,146)

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   87

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  87

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Elements of employee future benefit costs before adjustments to recognize the long- term nature of employee future benefit costs: 

Difference between expected return and actual return  
  on plan assets for the year (a)
Difference between actuarial (gains) losses recognized  

 for the year and actual actuarial (gains) losses on accrued 
benefit obligations for the year (b)

Difference between amortization of past service costs for  
  the year and actual plan amendments for the year (c)
Difference between costs arising in the period and costs  

 recognized in the year in respect of transitional 
obligation (asset)

1,326

(10,537)

91

–

(465)

(413)

447

13

–

(2,712)

(559)

–

Net benefit plan expense

  $ 

2,149

   $ 

2,970 

  $ 

293

   $ 

–

37

1,199

–

90 

(a)  Expected return on plan assets of $(3,403) (2009 – $(3,254)) less the actual return on plan assets of $(4,729) (2009 – $(2,789)).

(b)   Actuarial (gain) loss recognized for the year of $194 (2009 – $287) less the actual actuarial (gain) loss on accrued benefit obligation 

of $10,731 (2009 – $700).

(c)   Amortization of past service costs for the year of $91 (2009 – $492) less the actual plan amendments for the year of $nil (2009 – $45).

The significant actuarial assumptions adopted in measuring the obligation are as follows (weighted average):

As at December 31

 Pension and RCA plans

Other benefit plans

2010

2009

2010

2009

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 

5.50%
3.75%
6.00%

6.70%
3.75%
6.40%

5.50%
3.75%
n/a

6.70%
3.75%
n/a

The  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rate  at  December  31,  2010  was  7.2%  (2009  –  7.3%),  decreasing  to  4.5%  (2009  –  4.5%)  over  19  years 
(20 years in 2009). 

Increasing or decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point would have the following effects for 2010:

Total of service and interest cost
Accrued benefit obligation 

Increase
30 
681 

   $ 
   $ 

Decrease
(26) 
(579) 

   $ 
   $ 

The average remaining service period of the active employees covered by the pension plans is between 5 and 15 years, depending on the plan 
(2009 – between 10 and 15 years). The average remaining service period of the active employees covered by the other retirement benefits plans 
is 18 years (2009 – 18 years).

MX has provided a letter of guarantee in the amount of $720 to the benefit of the trustee of the MX employee future benefit plan, using a part 
of the operating line of credit in place with its bank (note 10).

Defined contribution plans:

In 2010, the Company contributed and expensed $4,058 (2009 – $2,378) to the defined contribution tier, which amounts are not included in 
the recognized defined benefit costs above.

88  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   88

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Credit facilities:

The Company has the following credit facilities: 

TMX Group Inc. non-revolving three 
  year term facility
TMX Group Inc. revolving three year 
  term facility
MX operating line of credit
CDCC revolving standby  
  credit facility
NGX letter of credit
NGX overdraft facility
NGX EFT daylight facility
Total credit facilities

Interest rate

Year of maturity

Authorized

Amount drawn 
at December 31, 
2010

Amount drawn 
at December 31, 
2009

30 day B.A. + 45 bps

2011

  $ 

430,000

  $ 

430,000 

  $ 

430,000 

–
–

–
–
–
–

2011
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

50,000
3,000

50,000
USD 100,000
20,000
300,000

–
–

–
–
–
–
430,000 

  $ 

–
–

–
–
–
–
430,000 

  $ 

In connection with the acquisition of MX, the Company established a non-revolving three-year term credit facility of $430,000 and a revolving 
three-year credit facility of $50,000. The Company may draw on these facilities in Canadian dollars by way of prime rate loans and/or Bankers’ 
Acceptances (“B.A.”) or in USD by way of LIBOR loans and/or US base rate loans. On April 30, 2008, the Company drew $430,000, which becomes 
due for repayment on April 18, 2011, when the revolving three-year facility of $50,000 also expires. The Company is currently assessing its 
options with regards to the repayment and/or refinancing of the loan. As at December 31, 2010, the Company has prepaid $246 of financing 
fees, which leaves a net credit facility liability of $429,754. These financing fees will be amortized over the remaining term of the loan. 

MX  has  an  outstanding  letter  of  credit  for  $720  issued  against  the  MX  operating  line  of  credit.  This  letter  of  credit  has  been  issued  as  a 
guarantee to the trustee under the MX employee future benefit plan in respect of accrued future employee benefits.

The credit facilities are unsecured and include certain covenants that the Company must maintain (note 23). The Company was in compliance 
with these covenants at December 31, 2010.

During  2010,  the  Company  recognized  interest  expense  on  the  facilities  of  $5,884  (2009  –  $5,828)  which  included  $738  (2009  –  $738)  of 
amortized financing fees. 

11. Interest rate swaps:

Effective August 28, 2008, the Company entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements to partially manage its exposure to interest rate 
fluctuations on its $430,000 non-revolving three year term facility. The interest rate swaps in place during 2010 are as follows: 

Swap number
#2
#3
Total

Notional value
100,000
100,000
200,000

  $ 

  $ 

Maturity date
August 31, 2010
 April 18, 2011

Interest rate the 
Company will 
receive
30 day B.A.
30 day B.A.

Interest rate the 
Company will pay

3.749%   $ 
3.829%

  $ 

Fair value  
unrealized  
gain/(loss) at  
December 31, 
2010
expired
(697)
(697)

Fair value  
unrealized  
gain/(loss) at  
December 31, 
2009
(2,117)
(3,584)
(5,701) 

  $ 

  $ 

The Company marks to market the fair value of these interest rate swaps as an adjustment to income. During 2010, unrealized gains of $5,004 
(2009 – unrealized gains of $6,776) and realized losses of $5,227 (2009 – realized losses of $8,190) have been reflected in net income. Both 
amounts have been included within mark to market on interest rate swaps.

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   89

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

12. Commitments and capital lease obligations:

The Company is committed under long-term leases and licenses as follows:

(a)  

 The rental of office space, under various long-term operating leases with remaining terms of up to eleven years, including certain asset 
retirement obligations with regards to these leases. 

(b)   The rental of computer hardware and software for terms of one to three years under operating leases. 

(c)  

The rental of computer hardware and software for terms of one to three years under capital leases.

(d)   Certain data licenses for remaining terms of up to 6 years.

Current lease and license obligations over the remaining terms are as follows:

Years ending December 31: 

2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
Thereafter

Interest amount (at an average rate of 3.9%)

Less: Obligation under capital leases – current
Obligation under capital leases – long-term

Capital lease 
obligations
3,516
2,878
1,019
–
–
–
7,413
(288)
7,125
(3,326)
3,799

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Other  
non-capital  
commitments
15,061
11,911
8,801
7,771
7,360
21,408
72,312
–
–
–
–

In addition, the Company is responsible for additional taxes, maintenance and other direct charges with respect to its leases. The additional 
amount will be approximately $9,483 for 2011.

13.  Other liabilities:

Other  liabilities  include  amounts  payable  under  the  long-term  incentive  plan  (note  18),  amounts  related  to  acquisitions  made  in  previous 
years and asset retirement obligations. 

14.  Deferred revenue – initial and additional listing fees:

Deferred  revenue  –  initial  and  additional  listing  fees  represents  non-refundable  fees  received  from  listed  issuers.  This  deferred  revenue  is 
recognized on a straight-line basis over an estimated service period of ten years.

15. Share capital:

The authorized capital of the Company consists of an unlimited number of common shares and an unlimited number of preference shares, 
issuable in series. No preference shares have been issued.

Each common share of the Company entitles its holder to one vote at all meetings of shareholders subject to certain restrictions with respect 
to the voting rights and the transferability of the shares. No person or combination of persons acting jointly or in concert is permitted to 
beneficially own or exercise control or direction over more than 10% of any class or series of voting shares of the Company without the prior 
approval of the Ontario Securities Commission (“OSC”) and Quebec’s Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”). 

Each common share of the Company is also entitled to receive dividends if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Company. 
All dividends that the Board of Directors of the Company may declare and pay will be declared and paid in equal amounts per share on all 
common shares, subject to the rights of holders of the preference shares. Holders of common shares will participate in any distribution of the 
net assets of the Company upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up on an equal basis per share, but subject to the rights of the holders of 
the preference shares.

90  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   90

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
There  are  no  pre-emptive,  redemption,  purchase  or  conversion  rights  attaching  to  the  common  shares,  except  for  the  compulsory  sale  of 
shares or redemption provision described in connection with enforcing the restriction on ownership of voting shares of the Company.

The following transactions occurred with respect to the Company’s common shares:

Balance, beginning of the period
Issued (note 2)
Repurchased and cancelled
Options exercised
Balance, end of the period

Number of common shares

2010
74,307,041
–
–
63,421
74,370,462

2009
74,403,577 
878,059
(1,000,000)
25,405
74,307,041 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Share capital
2010
1,102,619 
–
–
1,512
1,104,131

  $ 

2009
1,084,399 
32,052
(14,575)
743
1,102,619 

16. Employee share purchase plan: 

The Company offers an employee share purchase plan for eligible employees of the Company and of its designated subsidiaries. Under the 
employee share purchase plan, contributions by the Company and by eligible employees will be used by the plan administrator, CIBC Mellon 
Trust Company, to make purchases of common shares of the Company on the open market. Each eligible employee may contribute up to 10% 
of the employee’s salary to the employee share purchase plan. The Company will contribute to the plan administrator the funds required to 
purchase one common share of the Company for each two common shares purchased on behalf of the eligible employee, up to a maximum 
annual contribution of $3. Shareholder approval is not required for this plan or any amendments to the plan.

The Company accounts for its contributions as compensation expense when the amounts are contributed to the plan. Compensation expense 
related to this plan was $1,320 for the year ended December 31, 2010 (2009 – $1,324).

17. Share option plan:

The Company established a share option plan in 2002, the year of its initial public offering. All employees of the Company and those of its 
designated subsidiaries at or above the director level are eligible to be granted share options under the share option plan. 

According to the terms of the Company’s plan, under no circumstances may any one person’s share options and all other share compensation 
arrangements  exceed  5%  of  the  outstanding  common  shares  issued  of  the  Company.  4,064,226  common  shares  of  the  Company  remain 
reserved  for  issuance  upon  exercise  of  share  options  granted  under  the  plan,  representing  approximately  5%  of  the  outstanding  common 
shares of the Company.

The fair value of each share option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following 
assumptions used for grants in 2010: dividend yield of 4.1% (2009 – 3.5%); expected volatility of 32.8% (2009 – 26.8%); risk-free interest rate 
of 3.5% (2009 – 4.0%) and expected life of 7 years (2009 – 7 years).

Options granted will expire in 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017.

Share options granted in 2010 have a strike price of $29.52. Share options granted in 2009 have strike prices in the range of $31.59 to $34.24. 

Share options:

Outstanding, beginning of year
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Outstanding, end of year 

2010

2009

Number of  
share options
1,382,569
457,782
(98,199)
(63,421)
1,678,731

   $ 

Weighted average 
exercise price
35.53 
29.52
40.24
19.32
34.23 

  $ 

Number of  
share options
1,021,819
635,717
(249,562)
(25,405)
1,382,569

   $ 

Weighted average 
exercise price
39.14 
31.63
41.65
22.58
35.53 

  $ 

At December 31, 2010, 720,715 options were fully vested and exercisable at strike prices in the range of $10.53 to $54.50. During 2010, the 
Company recognized compensation costs of $2,798 in relation to its share option plan (2009 – $2,909).

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   91

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  91

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

18. Interim bonus and long-term incentive plan: 

Effective  January  1,  2001,  the  Company  introduced  an  interim  bonus  plan  (in  lieu  of  a  long-term  incentive  plan)  for  certain  employees  or 
officers  of  the  Company.  The  interim  bonus  plan  provided  a  deferred  award  based  on  the  annual  financial  performance  of  the  Company. 
Amounts earned in 2001 were converted into deferred share units (“DSUs”) for executive officers and restricted share units (“RSUs”) for other 
participants, based on the price of one common share of the Company, in conjunction with the public offering of the Company. Amounts 
earned in 2002 were converted into DSUs or RSUs based on the value of one common share of the Company on December 31, 2002.

The  DSUs  discussed  above  are  fully  vested,  but  can  only  be  redeemed  for  cash  payment  upon  termination  of  employment  or  retirement. 
The RSUs discussed above vested and were redeemed in cash by December 31, 2005.

In January 2004, the Board approved a long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) for certain employees or officers of the Company. The LTIP provides 
for  the  granting  of  RSUs,  which  vest  over  a  maximum  of  three  years  and  are  payable  provided  the  employee  is  still  with  the  Company. 
The  amount of the  award  payable at  the  end  of  the second  year following the year in  which  the  RSUs  were  granted  will  be determined 
by the total shareholder return over the period. Total shareholder return represents the appreciation in share price of the Company plus 
dividends paid on a common share of the Company, measured at the time RSUs vest.

In addition, to assist the Company’s officers to meet their equity ownership requirements, the Company gives officers who have not met their 
ownership requirements the opportunity to convert all or part of their short-term incentive award into DSUs. These DSUs vest immediately.

The  Company  records  its  obligation  under  the  LTIP,  if  any,  in  the  period  in  which  the  award  is  earned.  The  Company  has  purchased  swaps 
to economically hedge against the impact of its share price fluctuations on the non-performance based portion of the LTIP (note 21). As at 
December 31, 2010, the total accrual for the Company’s LTIP is $11,466 (December 31, 2009 – $6,303) and this is included in accounts payable 
and accrued liabilities and other liabilities. The accrual is based on actual dividends paid, continuation of the most recent quarterly dividend 
and the closing price of the Company’s common shares for the period. 

19. Earnings per share:

Net income
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Basic earnings per share
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Diluted earnings per share

20. Income taxes:

2010
196,535
74,331,877
2.64
74,423,104
2.64

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009
104,701 
74,131,244
1.41
74,255,480
1.41

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Income tax expense attributable to income differs from the amounts computed by applying the combined federal and provincial income tax 
rate of 31% (2009 – 33%) to pre-tax income from operations as a result of the following:

Income before income taxes, and after non-controlling interests 

Computed expected income tax expense
Rate differential due to various jurisdictions
Provincial tax holiday
Impairment charges and non-deductible expenses
Share of income from affiliate 
Deferred revenue not affecting income tax expense
Impact of changes in substantively enacted income tax rates
Valuation allowance
Future tax rate adjustments on temporary differences
Other

92  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

2010
287,276

89,055
(2,685)
(3,512)
1,758
(401)
–
–
1,275
6,695
(1,444)
90,741

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2009
201,653 

66,548 
(7,257)
(3,393)
22,176
(137)
(380)
10,356
8,605
2,360
(1,926)
96,952 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   92

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
In  recent  years,  the  Company  has  benefited  from  tax  measures  announced  by  the  ministère  des  Finances  du  Québec  in  2001,  which  were 
intended to support the financial sector in the province of Québec, including, among others, exchanges and clearing houses such as MX and 
CDCC. These measures provided income tax exemption, capital tax exemption, and an exemption from employer contributions to the Health 
Services Fund relating to eligible activities performed by MX and CDCC. This provincial tax holiday was in place until December 31, 2010, and 
standard statutory rates will be applicable going forward.

The income tax provisions for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

Current income tax expense
Future income tax expense (benefit) 

  $ 

  $ 

2010
99,734
(8,993)
90,741

  $ 

  $ 

2009
93,410 
3,542 
96,952 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the future tax asset and liability at December 31, 2010 and 
2009 are presented below:

Non-capital loss carryforwards
Premises and equipment
Cumulative eligible capital/intangible assets
Total return swaps and interest rate swaps
Restructuring provision
Deferred listing revenue
Employee future benefits
Long term incentive plan
Other temporary differences
Valuation allowance

Future tax assets:
  Current
  Long-term
Future tax liabilities:
  Current
  Long-term 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2010
8,726
3,584
(202,138)
(1,060)
–
137,264
(2,274)
5,883
2,267
(6,847)
(54,595)

29,651
152,500

(10)
(236,736)

2009
8,438 
2,003
(199,468)
1,834
185
128,384
(1,885)
3,803
2,335
(9,218)
(63,589) 

26,675 
144,551

(118)
(234,697) 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   93

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  93

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

21. Financial instruments:

The Company has classified the significant impacts of its financial instruments as follows:

(a)  Financial instruments – carrying values and fair values:

Asset /(Liability)

Held for trading

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable
Energy contracts receivable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Daily settlements and cash deposits
Investments in privately- 
  owned companies
Accounts payable and  
  accrued liabilities
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps 
Obligations under capital leases
Energy contracts payable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Daily settlements and cash deposits
Term loan payable, net

  $ 

Classified
–
 –
 –
 –
 –
 141,894
 –

–

 –
4,479
(697)
 –
 –
 (141,894)
 –
 –

  $ 

Available- 
for-sale  
(carried at 
cost less 
impairment)
– 
–
–
–
–
–
–

  $ 

Loans and  
receivables / 
(other  
financial  
liabilities)
– 
 –
 –
85,201
754,933
 –
193,065

December 31, 2010

  $ 

Carrying 
amount
68,797 
261,605
1,105
85,201
754,933
 141,894
193,065

  $ 

Fair value
68,797 
261,605
1,105
85,201
754,933
 141,894
193,065

  $ 

Designated
68,797 
261,605
1,105
 –
 –
–
 –

–

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
–
 –
 –

6,617

–

6,617

6,617

–
–
–
 –
–
–
–
–

(59,093) 
 –
 –
(7,125)
(754,933)
 –
(193,065)
(429,754)

(59,093) 
4,479
(697)
(7,125)
(754,933)
 (141,894)
(193,065)
(429,754)

(59,093) 
4,479
(697)
(7,125)
(754,933)
 (141,894)
(193,065)
(428,880)

  $ 

Available- 
for-sale  
(carried at 
cost less 
impairment)
– 
–
–
–
–
–
–

  $ 

Loans and  
receivables / 
(other  
financial  
liabilities)
– 
 –
 –
79,427
714,545
 –
565,408

December 31, 2009

  $ 

Carrying 
amount
87,978 
103,169
911
79,427
714,545
202,760
565,408

  $ 

Fair value
87,978 
103,169
911
79,427
714,545
202,760
565,408

  $ 

Designated
87,978 
103,169
911
 –
 –
–
 –

–

 –
 –
 –
 –
 –
–
 –
 –

8,280

–

8,280

8,280

–
–
–
 –
–
–
–
–

(44,350) 
 –
 –
(8,925)
(714,545)
 –
(565,408)
(429,016)

(44,350)
(533)
(5,701)
(8,925)
(714,545)
(202,760)
(565,408)
(429,016)

(44,350)
(533)
(5,701)
(8,925)
(714,545)
(202,760)
(565,408)
(427,025)

Asset /(Liability)

Held for trading

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable
Energy contracts receivable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Daily settlements and cash deposits
Investments in privately- 
  owned companies
Accounts payable and  
  accrued liabilities
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps 
Obligations under capital leases
Energy contracts payable
Fair value of open energy contracts
Daily settlements and cash deposits
Term loan payable, net

  $ 

Classified
–
 –
 –
 –
 –
 202,760 
 –

–

 –
(533)
(5,701)
 –
 –
 (202,760)
 –
 –

94  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   94

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Fair value measurement: 

The Company uses a fair value hierarchy to categorize the inputs used in its valuation of assets and liabilities carried at fair value. The extent of 
the Company’s use of unadjusted quoted market prices (Level 1), models using observable market information as inputs (Level 2) and models 
using unobservable market information (Level 3) in its valuation of assets and liabilities carried at fair value is as follows:

Asset/(Liability)

Fair value measurements using: 

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Restricted cash
Fair value of open energy contracts
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps 
Fair value of open energy contracts

  $ 

  $ 

Level 1
68,797 
261,605
1,105
–
–
–
–

  $ 

Level 2
–
–
–
 141,894
4,479
(697)
 (141,894)

Asset/(Liability)

Fair value measurements using: 

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Restricted cash
Fair value of open energy contracts
Total return swaps
Interest rate swaps 
Fair value of open energy contracts

  $ 

  $ 

Level 1
87,978
 73,308
 911
–
–
–
–

  $ 

Level 2
–
29,861
–
202,760
(533)
(5,701)
(202,760)

As at December 31, 2010

Level 3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

  $ 

Assets/(liabilities) 
at fair value 
68,797 
261,605
1,105
 141,894
4,479
(697)
 (141,894)

As at December 31, 2009

Level 3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

  $ 

Assets/(liabilities) 
at fair value
87,978
103,169
911
202,760
(533)
(5,701)
(202,760)

There were no significant transfers during the years between Levels 1 and 2.

(c) Marketable securities:

The investment portfolio includes pooled fund investments managed by an external investment fund manager. There is no contracted maturity 
date for the investments.

The Company has designated its marketable securities as held-for-trading. At December 31, 2010, these investments have been measured 
at  fair  value  and  unrealized  losses  of  $635  have  been  reflected  in  net  income  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010 (2009 – unrealized losses of $153).

(d) Total return swaps:

The Company has entered into a series of total return swaps (“TRSs”) which synthetically replicate the economics of the Company purchasing 
the Company’s shares as a partial fair value hedge to the share appreciation rights of the non-performance element of RSUs and DSUs that 
are awarded to directors and employees of the Company and its designated subsidiaries. The Company marks to market the fair value of the 
TRSs as an adjustment to income, and simultaneously marks to market the liability to holders of the units as an adjustment to income. Both 
amounts are reflected within Compensation and benefits in the income statement. The fair value of the TRSs is based upon the excess or 
deficit of the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares for the last five trading days of the year compared with the Company’s 
share price at the date of entering into the TRSs. The fair value of the TRSs and the obligation to unit holders are reflected on the balance sheet. 
The contracts are settled in cash upon maturity. 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   95

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  95

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

The following tables represent the TRSs which are outstanding:

As at December 31, 2010:

Equity contract #20
Equity contract #25
Equity contract #26
Equity contract #27
Equity contract #28
Equity contract #29

As at December 31, 2009:

Equity contract #16
Equity contract #20
Equity contract #21
Equity contract #22
Equity contract #23
Equity contract #24

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Remaining term to maturity (notional amount)
Under 1 year
–
–
5,161
540
3,411
2,079
11,191

1 to 3 years
1,258
820
–
–
–
–
2,078

Total
1,258
820
5,161
540
3,411
2,079
13,269 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Remaining term to maturity (notional amount)
Under 1 year
407 
–
5,338
600
4,408
2,399
13,152 

1 to 3 years
–
1,258
–
–
–
–
1,258 

Total
407 
1,258
5,338
600
4,408
2,399
14,410 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Fair value

Gain
332
250
1,642
220
1,264
771
4,479

  $ 

  $ 

Loss
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

  $ 

  $ 

Net
332
250
1,642
220
1,264
771
4,479

Fair value

Gain
–
58
–
29
–
–
87

  $ 

  $ 

Loss
(28) 
–
(574)
–
(12)
(6)
(620) 

  $ 

  $ 

Net
(28) 
58
(574)
29
(12)
(6)
(533) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Unrealized gains of $5,012 have been reflected in net income in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 
(2009 – unrealized gains of $5,305).

(e)  Interest rate swaps:

The Company entered into a series of interest rate swap agreements, which commenced on August 28, 2008, to partially manage its exposure 
to interest rate fluctuations on the non-revolving three year term facility (notes 10 and 11). As at December 31, 2010, there was only one 
interest rate swap still in effect.

The  Company  marks  to  market  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps.  Unrealized  gains  of  $5,004  and  realized  losses  of  $5,227  have  been 
reflected within net income, as Mark to market on interest rate swaps, for the year ended December 31, 2010 (2009 – unrealized gains of $6,776 
and realized losses of $8,190). 

(f)  NGX energy contracts:

NGX energy contracts receivable and payable positions are recognized for all contracts where physical delivery has occurred or financial 
settlement  amounts  have  been  determined  prior  to  the  period  end  but  payments  have  not  yet  been  made.  There  is  no  impact  on  the 
consolidated statement of income.

The  fair  value  at  the  balance  sheet  date  of  the  undelivered  physically  settled  trading  contracts  and  the  forward  financially  settled  trading 
contracts is recognized in the consolidated assets and liabilities as open energy contracts. There is no impact on the consolidated statement 
of income.

(g) CDCC daily settlements and cash deposits:

The amounts due from and to CDCC as a result of marking open futures positions to market and settling option transactions each day are 
required to be collected from or paid to Clearing Members prior to the commencement of trading the next day. Daily settlements and cash 
deposits also include cash margin deposits and clearing fund cash deposits of Clearing Members held in the name of CDCC. The amounts due 
from Clearing Members are presented as an asset in the balance sheet and are not offset against the amounts due to other Clearing Members, 
which are presented as a liability. There is no impact on the consolidated statement of income.

96  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   96

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
(h) Investments in privately-owned companies:

The Company holds certain equity investments in privately-owned companies. As these equity instruments are privately owned and do not 
have  quoted  market  prices  in  active  markets,  these  available-for-sale  investments  are  carried  at  cost  less  any  impairment  losses.  During 
2010,  the  Company  recognized  an  unrealized  loss  of  $1,662  on  its  investments,  a  significant  portion  of  which  was  an  unrealized  foreign 
exchange loss.

22. Risk management:

(a) Credit risk:

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company associated with a counterparty’s failure to fulfill its financial obligations and arises 
principally from the Company’s investments in marketable securities, total return swaps and interest rate swaps, accounts receivable and the 
clearing and/or brokerage operations of Shorcan, Shorcan Energy, NGX and CDCC.

(i) 

Investments in marketable securities

 The Company manages its exposure to credit risk arising from investments in marketable securities by holding investment funds that 
actively manage credit risk. The investment policy of the Company will only allow excess cash to be invested within a specific money 
market fund and a specific short term bond and mortgage fund. The money market fund manages credit risk by limiting its investments 
to  government  or  government-guaranteed  treasury  bills,  and  high-grade  corporate  notes.  The  short  term  bond  and  mortgage  fund 
manages  credit risk  by limiting  its investments to high-quality Canadian corporate bonds, government bonds and up to  40% of the 
fund’s net assets in conventional first mortgages and mortgages guaranteed under the National Housing Act (Canada). Corporate bonds 
held  must  have  a  minimum  credit  rating  of  BBB  by  DBRS  Limited  at  the  time  of  purchase.  Mortgages  may  not  comprise  more  than 
40%  of  the  portfolio  and  must  be  either  multi-residential  conventional  first  mortgages  or  multi-residential  government  guaranteed 
mortgages. The Company does not have any investments in non-bank asset-backed commercial paper. 

(ii) 

Total return swaps and interest rate swaps

The Company limits its exposure to credit risk on TRSs and interest rate swaps by contracting with a major Canadian chartered bank. 

(iii)  Accounts receivable

 The  Company’s  exposure  to  credit  risk  resulting  from  uncollectable  accounts  is  influenced  by  the  individual  characteristics  of  its 
customers, many of whom are banks and financial institutions. The Company invoices its customers on a regular basis and maintains a 
collections team to monitor customer accounts and minimize the amount of overdue receivables. There is no concentration of credit risk 
arising from accounts receivable from a single customer. In addition, customers that fail to maintain their account in good standing risk 
loss of listing, trading or data privileges. 

(iv)  Clearing and/or brokerage operations

 The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event that customers, in the case of Shorcan and Shorcan Energy, or contracting parties, 
in the case of NGX, or Clearing Members, in the case of CDCC, fail to settle on the contracted settlement date. 

 Shorcan  and  Shorcan  Energy’s  risk  is  limited  by  their  status  as  agents,  in  that  they  do  not  purchase  or  sell  securities  for  their  own 
account. As agents, in the event of a failed trade, Shorcan or Shorcan Energy have the right to withdraw their normal policy of anonymity 
and advise the two counterparties to settle directly.

 NGX requires each contracting party to provide sufficient collateral, in the form of cash or letters of credit, to exceed its outstanding 
credit exposure as determined by NGX in accordance with its margining methodology. The cash collateral deposits and letters of credit 
are held by a major Canadian chartered bank. This collateral may be accessed by NGX in the event of default by a contracting party. NGX 
measures total potential exposure for both credit and market risk for each contracting party on a real-time basis as the aggregate of:

(a)  Outstanding energy contracts receivable;

(b)   “Variation Margin”, comprised of the aggregate “mark-to-market” exposure for all forward purchase and sale contracts with an 

adverse value from the perspective of the customer; and

(c)   “Initial Margin”, an amount that estimates the worst expected loss that a contract might incur under normal market conditions 

during a liquidation period.

 As  a  result  of  these  calculations  of  contracting  party  exposure  at  December  31, 2010,  NGX  held  cash  collateral  deposits  of  $835,739 
(December 31, 2009 – $1,040,319) and letters of credit of $1,941,367 (December 31, 2009 – $1,963,685). These amounts are not included 
in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  97

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   97

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

 CDCC is exposed to the risk of default of its Clearing Members. CDCC is the central counterparty and guarantor of all transactions carried 
out on MX’s markets and on the OTC market when the transaction is cleared through CDCC. It primarily supports the risk of one or 
more counterparties, meeting strict financial and regulatory criteria, defaulting on their obligations, in which case the obligations of 
that counterparty would become the responsibility of CDCC. This risk is greater if market conditions are unfavourable at the time of the 
default. 

 CDCC’s principal risk management practice is the collection of risk-based margin deposits in the form of cash, letters of credit, equities 
and liquid government securities. Should a Clearing Member fail to meet a daily margin call or otherwise not honour its obligations 
under  open  futures  and  options  contracts,  margin  deposits  would  be  available  to  apply  against  the  costs  incurred  to  liquidate  the 
Clearing Member’s positions. 

 CDCC’s margining system is complemented by a Daily Capital Margin Monitoring (“DCMM”) process that evaluates the financial strength 
of a Clearing Member against its margin requirements. Every day, CDCC monitors the margin requirements of a Clearing Member as 
a  percentage  of  its  capital  (net  allowable  assets).  CDCC  will  make  additional  margin  calls  when  the  ratio  of  margin  requirement/net 
allowable assets exceeds 100%. The additional margin requirement is equal to the excess of the ratio over 100%.

 CDCC also maintains a clearing fund of deposits of cash and securities from all Clearing Members. The aggregate level of clearing funds 
required from all Clearing Members must cover the worst loss that CDCC could face if one counterparty is failing under various extreme 
but plausible market conditions. Each Clearing Member contributes to the clearing fund in proportion to its margin requirements. If, by a 
Clearing Member’s default, further funding is necessary to complete a liquidation, CDCC has the right to require other Clearing Members 
to contribute additional amounts equal to their previous contribution to the clearing fund.

 CDCC’s margin deposits and clearing fund deposits are held by approved depositories under irrevocable agreements. This collateral may 
be accessed by CDCC in the event of default by a Clearing Member. As a result of these calculations of Clearing Member exposure at 
December 31, 2010, CDCC held margin deposits of $2,911,169 (December 31, 2009 – $3,101,757), and clearing fund deposits of $264,087 
(December 31, 2009 – $205,055), held primarily in government and equity securities. These amounts are not included in the Company’s 
consolidated balance sheet.

(v) 

Facilities and guarantees

NGX maintains an unsecured clearing backstop fund of USD 100,000. The Company is the guarantor, on an unsecured basis, of this fund. 

 In response to both the credit and liquidity risks that CDCC is exposed to through its clearing operations, CDCC has arranged a total of 
$50,000 in revolving standby credit facilities with a Canadian Schedule 1 bank to provide liquidity in the event of default by a Clearing 
Member. Borrowings under the facilities, which are required to be collateralized, bear interest based on the bank’s prime rate plus 0.75%.

 Neither facility has been drawn upon at December 31, 2010.

(b)  Market risk:

Market risk is the risk that changes in market price, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and equity prices will 
affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. 

(i) 

Foreign currency risk

 The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk on revenue, cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable 
and accounts payable principally denominated in USD. In 2010, the Company recognized USD denominated revenue of approximately 
USD  105,000,  including  BOX,  less  various  USD  expenses  (2009  –  USD 110,000).  The  approximate  impact  of  a 10%  rise  and  a 10% 
decline in the Canadian dollar (“CAD”) compared to the USD on these transactions as at December 31, 2010 is a $5,300 decrease or 
increase in net income respectively. At December 31, 2010, cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable, excluding BOX, and 
current liabilities, excluding BOX, include USD 13,379 (December 31,  2009 – USD 11,920), and USD 755 (December 31,  2009 – USD 
598) respectively, which are exposed to changes in the USD – CAD exchange rate. The approximate impact of a 10% rise and a 10% 
decline in the CAD compared to the USD on these exposed balances at December 31,  2010 is a $1,256 decrease or increase in net 
income respectively. In addition, net assets related to BOX are denominated in USD, and the effect of exchange rate movements on 
the Company’s share of these net assets is included in other comprehensive income. The approximate impact of a 10% rise and a 
10% decline in the CAD compared to the USD on the translation of the net assets related to BOX at December 31, 2010 is a $5,213 
decrease or increase in other comprehensive income respectively. 

98  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   98

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii) 

Interest rate risk

 The Company is exposed to interest rate risk on its marketable securities, non-revolving term loan payable and interest rate swaps.

 External  investment  fund  managers  have  been  engaged  by  the  Company  to  manage  the  asset  mix  and  the  risks  associated  with  its 
marketable  securities.  At  December  31,  2010  the  Company  held  $261,605  in  these  funds  (December  31,  2009  –  $103,169).  The 
approximate  impact  on  the  carrying  value  of  these  investments  of  a  1%  rise  and  a  1%  fall  in  interest  rates  is  ($2,796)  and  $2,796 
respectively.

 The  Company  has  a  non-revolving  term  loan  payable  of  $430,000  (note  10).  The  Company  entered  into  a  series  of  interest  rate  swap 
agreements to partially manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations on the loan (note 11). At December 31, 2010, the fair value of 
the remaining interest rate swap was a liability of $697. The approximate impact of a 1% rise or fall in interest rates on the fair value of 
the remaining swap is approximately a $300 decrease or increase in the liability respectively. The approximate impact on net income of a 
1% rise and a 1% fall in interest rates with respect to the loan to expiry is a decrease of $(1,250) and an increase of $1,250 respectively.

(iii)   Equity price risk

 The Company is exposed to equity price risk arising from its RSU and DSU plans, as the Company’s obligation under the plans is partly 
based on the price of the Company’s shares. The Company has entered into TRSs as a partial fair value hedge to the share appreciation 
rights of the RSUs and DSUs awarded under the plan. The fair value of the TRSs is based upon the excess or deficit of the volume weighted 
average price of the Company’s shares for the last five trading days of the reporting period compared with the Company’s share price 
at the date of entering into the TRSs. As at December 31, 2010, a 25% increase in the share price of the Company would result in a net 
$2,816 decrease in net income. A 25% decrease in the share price of the Company would result in a net $3,681 increase in net income.

(iv)  Other market price risk

 The  Company  is  exposed  to  other  market  price  risk  from  the  activities  of  Shorcan,  Shorcan  Energy,  NGX  and  CDCC  if  a  customer, 
contracting party or Clearing Member, as the case may be, fails to take or deliver either securities, derivative products or energy products 
on the contracted settlement date where the contracted price is less favourable than the current market price. 

 Shorcan and Shorcan Energy’s risk is limited by their status as an agent, in that they do not purchase or sell securities or commodities 
for their own account, the short period of time between trade date and settlement date, and the defaulting customer’s liability for any 
difference between the amounts received upon sale of, and the amount paid to acquire, the securities or commodities. 

 Both NGX’s and CDCC’s measure of total potential exposure, as described previously, includes measures of market risk which are factored 
into the collateral required from each contracting party or Clearing Member. 

 The Company is also exposed to other market price risk on a portion of its sustaining fees revenue, which is based on quoted market 
values of listed issuers as at December 31 of the previous year. 

(c)  Liquidity risk:

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  Company  will  not  be  able  to  meet  its  financial  obligations  as  they  become  due.  The  Company  manages 
liquidity risk through the management of its Cash and Marketable securities, all of which are held in short term instruments, and its credit 
facilities (note 10) and capital (note 23). 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   99

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

23. Capital maintenance:

The Company’s primary objectives in managing capital, which it defines as including its share capital and various credit facilities, include:

(i) 

 Maintaining sufficient capital for operations, to ensure market confidence and to meet capital maintenance requirements imposed on 
its subsidiaries:

(a)  In respect of TSX, as required by the OSC to maintain certain financial ratios as defined in the OSC recognition order, as follows: 

(i) 

a current ratio not less than 1.1:1; 

(ii)  a debt to cash flow ratio not greater than 4:1; and 

(iii)  a financial leverage ratio consisting of adjusted total assets to adjusted shareholders’ equity not greater than 4:1 

The Company has complied with these externally imposed capital requirements; 

(b)   In respect of TSX Venture Exchange Inc., as required by various provincial securities commissions to maintain adequate  

financial resources

The Company has complied with these externally imposed capital requirements; 

(c)  In respect of NGX to:

(i)  maintain adequate financial resources as required by the Alberta Securities Commission; and 

(ii) 

 maintain a current ratio of no less than 1:1 and a tangible net worth of not less than $9,000 as required by a major Canadian 
chartered bank 

The Company has complied with these externally imposed capital requirements; 

(d)  In respect of MX, as required by the AMF to maintain certain financial ratios as defined in the AMF recognition order, as follows:

(i) 

a working capital ratio of more than 1.5:1; 

(ii)  a cash flow to total debt ratio of more than 20%; and 

(iii)  a financial leverage ratio consisting of total assets to shareholders’ equity of less than 4:1

The Company has complied with these externally imposed capital requirements; 

(e)   In respect of Shorcan by the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada (“IIROC”) which requires Shorcan to maintain 

a minimum level of shareholders’ equity of $500 

The Company has complied with these externally imposed capital requirements;

(ii) 

 Providing sufficient capital to meet the covenants imposed in connection with credit facilities (note 10) that require the Company  
to maintain:

(a)  a maximum debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio of 3.5:1;

(b)  a minimum consolidated net worth based on a contracted formula; and 

(c)  a debt incurrence test of not more than 3:1

The Company has complied with these externally imposed capital requirements; 

(iii)  Retaining sufficient capital to invest and continue to grow our business; and

(iv) 

 Returning capital to shareholders through dividends paid to shareholders and purchasing shares for cancellation pursuant to normal 
course issuer bids.

The current economic conditions have not changed our objectives, policies or processes for managing capital.

24. Related party transactions:

Any transactions entered into between the Company and related parties are on terms and conditions that are at least as favourable to the 
Company as market terms and conditions and are recorded at the agreed upon exchange amount. 

100  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   100

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. Contingent liabilities:

From time to time in connection with its operations, the Company or its subsidiaries are named as a defendant in actions for damages and 
costs  sustained  by  plaintiffs,  or  as  a  respondent  in  court  proceedings  challenging  the  Company’s  or  its  subsidiaries’  regulatory  actions, 
decisions or jurisdiction. 

26. Comparative figures:

Certain  comparative  figures  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  financial  presentation  adopted  in  the  current  period.  In  particular, 
commencing in 2010, provisions for doubtful accounts receivable are included in General and administration expenses whereas, in 2009, these 
provisions were reflected as a reduction in various sources of revenue. The comparative figures for both revenue and expenses in 2009 have 
been reclassified to conform with the financial presentation adopted in 2010.

27. Subsequent event:

The Company announced on February 9, 2011 an agreement to combine its operations with London Stock Exchange Group plc (“LSEG”) in an 
all-share merger of equals. The merger is being unanimously recommended by the Board of Directors of TMX Group Inc.(“TMX”) and the Board 
of Directors of LSEG. The merger will be implemented by means of a Canadian plan of arrangement under which TMX shareholders will receive 
2.9963 LSEG shares for each TMX share they hold. TMX shareholders that are residents of Canada for tax purposes will be entitled to elect to 
receive exchangeable shares (each an “Exchangeable”) in a Canadian subsidiary of LSEG for each TMX share that they hold. TMX shareholders 
electing to receive Exchangeables will receive the same number of Exchangeables as the number of new ordinary LSEG shares to which they 
would otherwise have been entitled to receive under the terms of the merger. On an ongoing basis, each Exchangeable will carry the right to be 
exchanged for one LSEG share and will carry mirror-image economic rights to an LSEG share (together with certain ancillary rights). In addition, 
each  Exchangeable  will  permit  the  holder  to  vote  one  LSEG  share  at  any  shareholder  meeting  of  LSEG.  The  Exchangeables  allow  Canadian 
resident TMX shareholders to participate in the transaction on a tax-deferred basis, provided they file a valid tax election. The Exchangeables 
will also allow Canadian resident TMX shareholders to receive dividends from a Canadian corporation, which are generally subject to more 
favourable tax treatment than dividends from a non-Canadian corporation. TMX shareholders will therefore own 45% and LSEG shareholders 
will own 55% of the combined TMX-LSEG group (“Merged Group”). The shares of the Merged Group will be listed on Toronto Stock Exchange, 
trading in Canadian Dollars and London Stock Exchange, trading in Sterling. The Exchangeables will also be listed on Toronto Stock Exchange, 
trading in Canadian Dollars.

Completion of the merger is subject to customary regulatory and other approvals as well as certain other conditions. The following provides an 
overview of certain approvals and conditions that must be met: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Approval by at least 66 2/3% of the votes cast by shareholders of TMX at a special meeting of TMX shareholders;

Approval by a majority of votes cast by LSEG shareholders at a general meeting of LSEG shareholders;

Ontario court approval of the Plan of Arrangement;

 Certain  regulatory  approvals,  including  under  the  Investment  Canada  Act,  Competition  Act  (Canada),  as  well  as  from  the  Ontario 
Securities  Commission,  Autorité  des  marchés  financiers  (Québec),  Alberta  Securities  Commission,  British  Columbia  Securities 
Commission, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Financial Services Authority (UK), Bank of Italy and Commissione Nazionale per 
le Società e la Borsa; and

e) 

 Listing of the LSEG shares and the Exchangeables on Toronto Stock Exchange and listing of the LSEG shares issuable pursuant to the Plan 
of Arrangement on the London Stock Exchange.

The merger agreement, which provides for a long-stop date of November 9, 2011 (with up to a 30-day extension in certain circumstances), 
contains customary provisions for a transaction of this nature, including customary representations and warranties, covenants, undertakings 
and conditions. In the merger agreement, each of TMX and LSEG have agreed not to solicit other offers. The merger agreement provides that 
the  Boards  of  Directors  of  each  of  TMX  and  LSEG  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  terminate  the  agreement  in  favour  of  an  unsolicited 
superior proposal, subject to a payment of a termination fee of 1% of the market capitalization of the LSEG at the time of entering into the 
agreement, and subject to a right by each party to match the superior proposal in question.

It is anticipated that the relevant shareholders’ meetings will take place in the second quarter of 2011 and court approval will be sought within 
three business days of TMX’s shareholders approving the merger. Subject to obtaining shareholder, court and regulatory approvals, the merger 
is expected to become effective in the third quarter of 2011. 

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   101

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

101

Three-Year Review – Financial Information*

(in	thousands	of	dollars)

Revenue:

Issuer Services

  Trading, clearing and related 

Information services 

  Technology services and other

2010

20091

20082

  $ 

  $ 

 162,955 
242,165
154,415
15,928
 575,463

  $ 

  $ 

 142,962
237,535
149,004
30,631
560,132

  $ 

  $ 

 153,049
222,932
136,988
22,127
 535,096

Expenses

  $ 

 286,525

  $ 

 276,949

  $ 

 229,725

Income from operations 
Income from investment in affiliate
Unrealized loss on investment carried at cost
Investment income
Goodwill impairment charge
Interest expense
Mark to market on interest rate swaps
Other acquisition related expenses
Non-controlling interests
Income taxes
Net Income

Operating cash flow
Working capital3
Total Assets
Shareholders' Equity

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 288,938
1,307
(1,662)
5,212
–
(6,205)
(223)
–
(91)
(90,741)
 196,535

 280,197 
 (145,855) 
 3,281,919 
 853,111 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 283,183
420
–
4,623
(77,255)
(6,071)
(1,414)
–
(1,833)
(96,952)
 104,701

 204,877
 161,973
 3,524,475
 770,576

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 305,371
1,426
–
14,824
–
(10,508)
(13,289)
(15,902)
(1,821)
(98,149)
 181,952

 244,189
 146,931
 3,688,645
 794,629

* 

1 

2 

3 

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the financial presentation adopted in the current year.

The financial results of NetThruPut Inc., acquired May 1 2009, have been included in these results from acquisition.

The financial results of Montreal Exchange Inc., acquired May 1 2008, and Boston Options Exchange Inc., acquired August 29, 2008, have been included in these results from acquisition.

Please see note 10 of the financial statements for further details on the term loan due for repayment in 2011.

102  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   102

29/03/11   3:55 PM

 
 
Board of Directors
As of March 25, 2011

WAYNE C. FOX (CHAIR)

Corporate Director 
Committees: Governance, Human Resources 
Director since: 1997  

J. SPENCER LANTHIER

Corporate Director 
Committees: Finance and Audit (Chair), Governance 
Director since: 2000

TULLIO CEDRASCHI

JEAN MARTEL

Corporate Director 
Committees: Governance, Human Resources (Chair) 
Director since: 2001 

RAYMOND CHAN

Executive Chairman 
Baytex Energy Trust 
Committees: Finance and Audit and Human Resources 
Director since: 2006 

DENYSE CHICOYNE

Corporate Director 
Committees: Finance and Audit 
Director since: 2008 

JOHN A. HAGG

Corporate Director 
Committees: Human Resources, Public Venture Market 
Director since: 2001 

HARRY A. JAAKO

Executive Officer and Principal 
Discovery Capital Management Corp. 
Committees: Finance and Audit, Public Venture Market (Chair) 
Director since: 2001 

THOMAS A. KLOET

Chief Executive Officer 
TMX Group Inc. 
Director since: 2008 

Partner 
Lavery, de Billy LLB 
Committees: Finance and Audit, Public Venture Market 
Director since: 1999

JOHN P. MULVIHILL

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
Mulvihill Capital Management Inc. 
Committees: Governance (Chair) 
Director since: 1996

KATHLEEN M. O’NEILL

Corporate Director 
Committees: Finance and Audit, Governance 
Director since: 2005

GERRI B. SINCLAIR

Executive Director 
Centre for Digital Media 
Committees: Human Resources, Public Venture Market 
Director since: 2005

JEAN TURMEL

President 
Perseus Capital Inc. 
Committees: Governance 
Director since: 2008

LAURENT VERREAULT

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman 
GLV Inc. 
Committees: Human Resources 
Director since: 2008

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   103

29/03/11   3:55 PM

TMX Board of Directors 

103

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
TMX Group Executive Committee
As of March 25, 2011

THOMAS A. KLOET

Chief Executive Officer 
TMX Group Inc.

KEVAN COWAN

President, TSX Markets and Group Head of Equities

BRENDA HOFFMAN

Senior Vice President, Group Head of Information Technology 
TMX Group Inc.

MARY LOU HUKEzALIE

Vice President, Group Head of Human Resources 
TMX Group Inc.

PETER KRENKEL

President and Chief Executive Officer 
NGX 

ALAIN MIQUELON

President and Chief Executive Officer 
Montréal Exchange Inc.

SHARON C. PEL

Senior Vice President, Group Head of Legal and Business Affairs 
TMX Group Inc.

MICHAEL PTASzNIK

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
TMX Group Inc.

ERIC SINCLAIR

President 
TMX Datalinx 

104  TMX Group Annual Report | 2010

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   104

29/03/11   3:55 PM

Shareholder Information

STOCK LISTING

Toronto Stock Exchange 
Share Symbol “X”

AUDITOR

KPMG LLP 
Toronto, ON

REGISTERED OFFICE AND HEAD OFFICE OF TMX GROUP

The Exchange Tower 
130 King Street West 
Toronto, ON 
M5X 1J2

HEAD OFFICE OF TSX VENTURE EXCHANGE

300 – 5th Avenue SW 
10th Floor 
Calgary, AB 
T2P 3C4

HEAD OFFICE OF MONTRÉAL EXCHANGE

Tour de la Bourse 
800, square Victoria 
Montreal, QC 
H4Z 1A9

HEAD OFFICE OF NGX

140 – 4th Avenue SW 
Suite 2330 
Calgary, AB 
T2P 3N3

HEAD OFFICE OF SHORCAN

20 Adelaide Street East 
Suite 1000 
Toronto, ON 
M5C 2T6

HEAD OFFICE OF EQUICOM

20 Toronto Street 
Suite 500 
Toronto, ON 
M5C 2B8

REGIONAL OFFICE

VANCOUVER 
650 West Georgia Street 
Suite 2700 
Vancouver, BC 
V6B 4N9

SHARE TRANSFER AGENT

Requests for information regarding share transfers 
should be directed to the Transfer Agent:

CIBC Mellon Trust Company 
PO Box 7010 
Adelaide Street Postal Station 
Toronto, ON 
M5C 2W9 
Tel: (416) 643-5500 (Toronto Area) 
1-800-387-0825 (North America) 
Fax: (416) 643-5501 
E-mail: inquiries@cibcmellon.com

INVESTOR CONTACT INFORMATION

Investor Relations may be contacted at: 
Tel: (416) 947-4277 (Toronto Area) 
1-888-873-8392 (North America) 
Fax: (416) 947-4727 
E-mail: shareholder@tmx.com

Canadian Best Bid and Offer, Capital Pool Company, CBBO, CDEX, CDF, 
CDB, CPC, DEX, Groupe TMX, Groupe TSX, Market Book, Market-by-Price, 
MarketDepth, Natural Gas Exchange, NEX, NGX, PC-Bond, TMX, TMX Argent, 
TMX Datalinx, TMX Group, TMX Money, TMXnet, TMX Select, Toronto Stock 
Exchange, TSX, TSX Datalinx, TSX Group, TSX Markets, TSX Quantum, TSX 
Technologies, TSX Venture Exchange, TSXV, Volume BLOX and their respective 
designs are trade-marks of TSX Inc.

BAX, Bourse de Montréal, CGB, Montréal Exchange, MX, SOLA, and their 
respective designs are trade-marks of Bourse de Montréal Inc. and are used 
under license.

Boston Options Exchange, BOX and their respective designs are trade-marks 
of Boston Options Exchange Group, LLC and are used under license.

Canadian Derivatives Clearing Corporation, Corporation canadienne de 
compensation de produits dérivés, CDCC, CCCPD and their respective designs 
are the trade-marks of Canadian Derivatives Clearing Corporation.  

CanDeal and design is the trade-mark of Candeal.ca Inc. and is used under 
license.

EDX and EDX London are registered trade-marks of EDX London Limited and 
are used with permission.

Equicom is a trade-mark of The Equicom Group Inc. and is used under license.

ICE is a trade-mark of IntercontinentalExchange Inc. and is used under 
license.

NetThruPut and NetThruPut design are trade-marks of NGX and are used 
under license.

Shorcan, Shorcan Brokers and Shorcan Energy Brokers are trade-marks of 
Shorcan Brokers Limited and are used under license.

“S&P”, as part of the composite mark of S&P/TSX which is used in the name 
the S&P/TSX Composite Index, the S&P/TSX Venture Composite Index, the 
S&P/TSX 60 Index and other S&P/TSX indices, is a trade-mark of Standard & 
Poor’s Financial Services LLC and is used under license.  

“VIX”, “VIXC” and “VIXCanada” are the trade-marks of the Chicago Board 
Options Exchange (“CBOE”), used by Standard &Poor’s Financial Services LLC, 
TSX Inc. and its affiliates with the permission of CBOE. 

All other trade-marks used in this Annual Report are the property of their 
respective owners.

Design	and	production	by	TMX	Equicom.

Shareholder Information 

105

TMX-0000-AR-Back-v13.indd   105

29/03/11   3:55 PM

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   6

30/03/11   2:17 PM

Equities, derivatives, 
fi xed income, 
energy, data 
and over 150 years 
of know-how 
under one roof.

Exchange with us

Go to TMX.com/exchange

®

Equities
Toronto Stock Exchange 
TSX Venture Exchange 
Equicom 

Derivatives
Montréal Exchange  
CDCC  
Montréal Climate Exchange

Fixed Income
Shorcan

Energy
NGX 

Data
TMX Datalinx  
PC Bond

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   7

30/03/11   2:17 PM

11-TMX-ar-front-v17.indd   8

30/03/11   2:17 PM